HCS-Field-UPS Training Materail V1.0 PDF

Recommendations
 Huawei Learning Website

 http://learning.huawei.com/en
 Huawei e-Learning
 http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi?navId=MW
n
000001_term1000025144&lang=en it o
i c a
 Huawei Certification if
rt
C e
http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi?navId=_31
&

&lang=en g
nin
 Find Training
r ai
i T

w e
http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi?navId=_trai
ningsearch&lang=en
u a
H
More Information n
it o
ic a
r t if
Ce
 Huawei learning APP
&
g
n in
a i
T r
e i
a w
Hu
版权所有© 2018 华为技术有限公司

n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
UPS Basic Knowledge ing &
in
Introduction ei
T r a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic www.huawei.com
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Copyright © 2017 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.
Foreword tio
n
i c a
r tif
 C
The chapter describes UPS basic knowledge, including the
e
&
function and work principle of UPS and theincommon g
ain
configuration solution. T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Copyright © 2017 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 2
Objectives tio
n
i c a
r tif
 On completion of this course, you will be able to:C
e
&
Know the basic function of UPS; i ng

ain
T r
 Know the basic working mode of UPS;
e i
aw
 Know the common configuration
H solution of UPS. u
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents tio
n
i c a
r tif
1. What Is a UPS Ce
&
i ng
2. Huawei UPS Solutions
ain
T r
3. Common Configuration Solutions e i
aw
H u
4. Typical Application Scenarios
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
UPS Development History n
atio
if i c
r t
Fourth generation:
Ce
&
Full-digital high-efficiency
ng
modularized UPS Since 2007
i
ain
Third generation: Tr
IGBT rectification-supported e i
Transformer UPS
aw
Second generation:
2000–2006
Hu
Analog control n
transformer-based UPS it o
a
it fic
1985–2000
First generation: er
Dynamic storage C
&
ng
UPS Before 1985
n i
a i
Tr
e i
a w
H u
Why Is the UPS Required? n
atio
if i c
r t
 Power grid pollution affects Ce
&
network and device security.
i ng
ain
 Power interruption, voltage
Tr
fluctuation, transient peak currents, e i
aw
voltage surges, and high-voltage
H u
pulses which damage servers,
n
routers, and disk arrays. it o
ic a
Harmonic distortion, high-rti f
e

frequency interruption,Cand
&
g
n in
frequency drifts which substantially Nine power grid faults
i
increase theabit error rate (BER) and
T r
e
decrease i the data transmission rate.
a w
Hu
UPS Functions n
atio
if i c
r t
Uninterruptible power supply
Ce
Power purification
&
ng
 Solving the problem of mains 
pollution in
i
Solving the problem of power grid
outage
r a
When the mains fails, i T
Increases the input power factor,
e
 
batteries in the UPS supply

a w decreases harmonic pollution to the
power to loads.
Hu power grid, and supplies pure power
n to loads.
it o
a
it fic
Stable AC outputs Power management
er  Solving the problem during AC power

Solving the problem of mains
C

voltage fluctuation & maintenance
ing As an important power supply

n

The UPS supports a wide input
i

r a
voltage range, which ensures device, the UPS can be monitored
i T by the network management
e
stable outputs for loads when
w mains voltage fluctuates.
u athe system (NMS), ensuring easy
H maintenance.
UPS System Classification n
atio
if i c
r t
 By structure: Ce
&
 Offline UPS;
i ng
ain
 Line-interactive UPS;
Tr
e i
 Online UPS.
aw
 By capacity: H u
n
Small-sized UPS (< 20 kVA); it o
a

f ic
Medium-sized UPS (20 kVAtito 200 kVA);

er
Large-sized UPS (> 200CkVA).

&
n g

i ni
By installation method:
T ra UPS;

e i
Tower-mounted
a w
Rack-mounted UPS.
u

H
Online UPS - Normal Mode n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
In normal cases, the UPS works in inverter mode(normal mode); e
&
 g
In this mode, the mains supplies power to customers'inloads using rectifiers
i n
and inverters; r a
i T
UPS supplies power to the batteries using chargers. w e

u a
Maintenance
H
n
bypass
it o
ic a
f Static
ti bypass
Bypass input r
Ce
&
g AC/DC
n rectifier
Inverter
Mains inputin
i (DC/AC)
r a UPS output
i T
w e
a Battery
Hu
string
Online UPS - Battery Mode n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
If the mains supply fails or exceptions occur, the UPS immediately e
switches to
&
the battery mode. g
nin
i
In this case, batteries supply power to customers'raloads using inverters.
T

i
e switches back to the normal
 After the mains recovers, the UPS immediately
aw
mode. H u
Maintenance
n
it o
bypass
ic aStatic
f
ti bypass
Bypass input
r
Ce
&
g AC/DC
n rectifier
Inverter
Mains input ni
(DC/AC)
i UPS output
T ra
e i
a w Battery
H u string
Online UPS - Bypass Mode n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
If a UPS is faulty, it immediately switches to the bypass mode(static bypass e
&
mode); g
n in
ai to customers' loads
 In this case, the bypass power source supply power
T r
through the static bypass. e i
aw
H u
Maintenance
n
it o
bypass
ic a Static
ti f
r bypass
Ce
Bypass input
& AC/DC
g
n rectifier
Inverter
n i (DC/AC)
i
Mains input UPS output
T ra
e i
a w Battery
H u string
Online UPS - Maint. Mode n
atio
if i c
r t
 When a faulty UPS is maintained, the UPS must be manuallyCswitched to the e
&
maintenance bypass mode.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
Maintenance
aw
bypass
Hu
Static
n
Bypass input it o
bypass
a
rit fic
AC/DC
rectifierC e Inverter
(DC/AC)
Mains input
& UPS output
ing
in
r a Battery
i T string
w e
u a
H
UPS Key Parameters (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Capacity C e
&

ng power (kVA) or active
The UPS loading capability can be indicated by the apparent
i
i n
power (kW), for example, 200 kVA or 180 kW. Sincea output capacitors of inverter
T r
units generate reactive power, the active poweri value cannot exceed the apparent
w e
power value.
u a
H
 Output power factor n
it o
The output power factor indicates
ic a the UPS capability for carrying loads with active
f

r ti power factor is 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1.

Ce
power. Generally, the output
Efficiency &

n g
Under the same i ni customers' loads, higher UPS efficiency leads to less UPS loss and

r a
operating T
i expense (OPEX). In normal cases, efficiency of medium- and large-sized
e
wis higher than 0.9.
a
UPSs
Hu
UPS Key Parameters (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Input voltage and frequency range C e
&

ngis adaptable to poor
If the input voltage and frequency range is wide, the UPS
i
i n
power grids. When the input voltage and frequencyaexceed the threshold, the UPS
T r
e
switches to the battery mode. A wide voltage range i reduces the number of battery
w
discharge times and therefore prolongs theabattery lifespan.
H u
 Overload capability n
it o
ic a power supply quality. If the UPS overloaded, it
The high overload capability ensures
f

i
works in normal mode forrta short period and then switches to the static bypass
C e
&
mode. If overload persists, the UPS shuts down.
n g
i

a in
Input current harmonic
Tr distortion of the input current waveform (THDi) reduces pollution to
The lowi total
we grid.

theapower
Hu
Rack&Tower - Mounted UPS n
atio
if i c
r t
Rack-mountedeUPS
 Can be placed in a standard 19-inch C
&
cabinet;
i ng
ain
 Provides a 20 kVA power capacity or
Tr
lower; e i
aw
 Enables customers to use rack- Hu
n
mounted batteries. it o
a
r it fic Tower-mounted UPS
C e
 Can be placed on the&ground or desk;
n g
i
n capacity of 0.5 kVA
 Provides a power i
T racapacity higher than 3
i
to 1500 kVA,
e
w
kVA isausually placed on the ground.
H u
Modularized UPS n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
The modularized design facilitates capacity expansion and prevents excessive e
&
investment in initial construction. g
nin
ai
 The redundancy design increases reliability and availability.
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
Power
t i f
r
Ce
module
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Quiz tio
n
i c a
r tif
1. Why do we need UPS ? Ce
&
2. What is the benefit of module UPS? i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents tio
n
i c a
r tif
1. What Is a UPS Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
aw
H u
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Huawei 1–800 kVA Full-Capacity UPS n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
UPS5000-A Series
a
(30-800kVA)
rit fic
C e UPS5000-E/S Series
(25-800kVA)
&
ing
n
ai
Integrated
T r UPS5000-E
i
(40-128kVA)
UPS2000-G Series
w e
UPS2000-A Series (1-20kVA)
(1-10kVA) a
Hu
UPS2000-G Small-sized UPS Solution n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
 Introduction Ce
&
ng
N+X redundancy and single UPS configuration based
i

on different reliability requirements;

ain
Tr
 Power backup time from 10 minutes to 2 hours and
e i
an intelligent management solution;
aw
 Network-wide monitoring platform. Hu
n
 Advantages it o
a

r it fic
High reliability and efficiency, ensuring power supply
e
continuity and reducing the OPEX;
C
&
Intelligent battery management, prolonging the
g

battery lifespan; in
a in
Network-wide
T r monitoring platform, improving
i

system emaintainability and reducing the OPEX. UPS2000-G:

a w 1 kVA to 20 kVA
Hu
L and M-sized UPS5000-A Solutionation
i f ic
rt
 Introduction Ce
&
N+X redundancy and dual-bus configuration based on ing
in

different reliability requirements; r a

i T
 Power backup time from 10 minutes to 2 hours;
w e
a
Compatible with the NetEco.
Hu
n
 Advantages it o
ic a

tr i
High reliability and efficiency, f protecting investment and
reducing the OPEX; Ce
& meeting different requirements;
Flexible configuration,g
in

i n

r a management and network-wide
Intelligent battery
monitoringi T platform, improving system maintainability.
w e
u a
H
L and M-sized UPS5000-E/S Solution n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
 Introduction Ce
&
 Modularized design, enabling smooth capacity
i ng
expansion with load increasing.
ain
Tr
 N+X redundancy and dual-bus configuration based
e i
on different reliability requirements.
aw
 Network-wide monitoring platform, covering all Hu
n
it o
power supply facilities.
a
 Advantages
r it fic

C e
High efficiency and modularization, preventing
&
g
low-efficiency power system running as services
n
ni
increase in initial construction;
i
T
Network-wide ramonitoring platform, improving
i

system emaintainability
UPS5000-E-(50–200 kVA)
and reducing the OPEX.
a w
H u
Contents tio
n
i c a
r tif
1. What Is a UPS Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
aw
u
4. Typical Application Scenarios H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Single UPS System n
atio
if i c
r t
 Single UPS system advantages Ce
&
 Simple configuration and low cost;
i ng
ain
 High running efficiency.
Tr
Single UPS system disadvantages e i

aw
 The usability is limited. If the UPS is faulty, u
H loads are
n supply quality
powered in bypass mode, and the power
t io
cannot be guaranteed;
ic a
i f
t distribution device

er
During UPS, battery, or power
C
&
maintenance, the load power supply quality cannot be
n g
ni
guaranteed;
i
 No redundant
T ra system exists. When the UPS is faulty, ATS: automatic transfer switch
e
loads arei lack of protection; PDF: power distribution frame
w
a single point failures exist.

H u
Multiple
Redundant Parallel or N+1 System ation
i f ic
rt
 N+1 system advantages
Ce
The N+1 system can properly run if a UPS is faulty, which g &
in

has higher reliability than the N system; i n

r a
The system design is simple with low costs. i T
e

aw
 N+1 system disadvantages
H u
UPSs used in an N+1 system mustnbe of the same
o

t i
c a
design, manufacturer, rated specifications,
i
technique,
and configurations; tr if
C e

& exist in inputs and outputs of the
Single point failures
N+1 system; ing
If a singlera
in
UPS and its downstream devices (except for
T

e i
batteries) are maintained, loads cannot be protected;
a w

HuThe UPS load ratio and the operation efficiency is low.
Dual-Bus Redundancy System n
atio
if i c
r t
 Dual-bus system advantages Ce
&
 Two independent power supplies are
i ng
available, preventing single point failures
ain
Tr
and providing powerful fault tolerance;
e i
The system provides comprehensive input aw
u

and output redundant configuration; H

UPSs, batteries, and other power tio
n
a

ific
distribution devices can be maintained
t
r
without transferring loadseto the bypass
C Single input load
mode. &
n g

i
Dual-bus systemindisadvantages
r a
T
i design, leading to high costs;
Redundancy
e

a
Low wload ratio and low efficiency.
Hu

Dual input load
Contents tio
n
i c a
r tif
1. Working Principles Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
aw
H u
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
UPS Application n
atio
if i c
r t
Government Transportation e
C
 Data center;
&center;
Communications scheduling

g
in Data
 Monitoring center;
E-government.
i n center;
 
r a Basic power supply system.


Finance
i T
 Data center;
Business hall;
w e Retail
a

 Data center;
 Self-service
terminal.
Hu  Billing system;
 Logistic scheduling
n center.
Data center; Communications it o
a

it fic
 Central equipment ISP
room;
 Site equipment
er  IDC;
C
 E-office system;
room;
&
 Basic power supply
 Customer service
center.
n g system.
n i
Scheduling center;ai
Energy
Manufacturing

T r  Control center;
Data center; i
 Monitoring center;
efor short Data center;



w
a service.
Data center  Office system.
u
message
H
UPS Load Types n
atio
if i c
r t
 IT equipment  Industrial facilities  C
Personaleuse
&
ng
 Server and storage  Industrial control  PC
i
device system
ain  Household
 Switch and router  Automated r
T appliance such
 Terminal e
production line i as acoustics
Precision a w
ATM
u instrument
 
H
n
Enterprise
Automated it o
network
production
ic aline
equipment
ti f Office
r
Ce
room
&
ing
n
ai
System Household
Data
T r control acoustics
center
e i center
a w
Hu
Scenario (1) - Large-sized IDC n
atio
if i c
r t

C reliable power
Important loads, such as servers and storage devices, require e
&
supply systems. g
n in
Large- and medium-sized equipment rooms require ai the UPS capacity of 300

T r
kW or higher and power backup time from 10 e i minutes to 2 hours.
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Scenario (2) - NMS n
atio
if i c
r t

C
High load importance requires a reliable power supply system. e
&

ng and maintained, and
NMSs require that UPSs be fast deployed, easily installed
i
i n
transferred between tower-mounted and rack-mounted.
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce M2000
& N2000
n g Input
ni
T2000
i U2000
T ra
e i UPS
w
aNMS equipment room
Input PDF
H u
Scenario (3) - Centralized Equipmentn
t io
Room tif
i c a
e r
 High service importance requires a reliable power supply system. C
&
Provincial centralized equipment rooms require the UPS ngcapacity of 60 kW to

i
200 kW and more than 1 hour power backup time. ain
T r
The UPSs must be applicable to multiple types e iof loads and servers and meet

aw
efficiency and energy conservation requirements.
Hu
n
it o
ic a
tr i f UPS 1 Server
e
CInput Disk array
&
ing
i n Firewall
T ra UPS 2
e i Input Output PDF Midrange computer
a w PDF
H u
Quiz tio
n
i c a
r tif
1. Which configuration solution is used at your site? Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary tio
n
i c a
r tif
 C
The chapter describes UPS basic knowledge, including the
e
&
function and work principle of UPS and theincommon g
ain
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
More Information tio
n
i c a
r tif
 C Technical
For more cases, see Unified Communications-Huawei Enterprise e
&
Support.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
Huawei
w e E-Learning Huawei Official
u a
WeChat Account Weibo Account
H
Recommendations tio
n
i c a
r tif
 Huawei E-Learning website: C e
&
g
 http://support.huawei.com/learning/Index!toTrainIndex
nin
ai
T r
 Huawei support case library: e i
aw
Hu
 http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/servicecenter?lang=en
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
UPS2000 Product i ng
&
in
Introduction e i Tr a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
This chapter mainly introduces UPS2000 series products,
e
&
g
including product features, product appearance,
nin technical
ai
parameters, optional parts and application r
T scenarios.
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
 On completion of this course, you will able to: C
e
&
g
 Understand the difference between UPS2000-A
nin and UPS2000-G;
ai
T r
 Understand UPS2000-A series main features
e i and excellent
aw
Hu
technical specifications;
n
 Understand UPS2000-G series
it o main features and excellent
ic a
technical specifications. ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Introduction to UPS2000 Series Ce
&
i ng
2. UPS2000-A-(1~10K) Introduction
ain
T r
3. UPS2000-G-(6~20K) Introduction e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
UPS2000 Series Product Family n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS2000-G-(1~3K) C e
UPS2000-G-(6~20K)
UPS2000-A-(1K~10K)
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
Power segment ：6K/10K/15K/20K，
Power segment ： Power segment ：
o n
i
t mounting and
1K/2K/3K/6K/10K， 1K~3K, Tower
a
ic are supported.
Batteries are not installed in the
t i f standard model or long backup

Batteries are installed
r
rack mounting
in the standard model. Ce time model. The standard model

&
ng
has a limited charging capability
n i
ai
and supports only standard
T r battery packs. Tower/Rack

e i
a w mounting is supported.
Hu
Huawei UPS2000 series are double-conversion online UPSs.
Naming Rules n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
No. Meaning
H u Description
1 Product category UPS, short for Uninterruptible Power System
o n
2 Product family
t i
2000: S ≤ 20 kVA
a
fic 10K: 10 kVA 15K: 15 kVA
3 Product series G: series name
6K: 6tikVA
4 Output capacity
e rtower- and rack-mounted UPS 20K: 20 kVA
CRT:
& RR: rack-mounted UPS
ng
5 UPS installation type TT: tower-mounted UPS
n i TM: modular tower-mounted UPS
a i RM: modular rack-mounted UPS

r
T backup time
i
S: standard backup time model, using built-in batteries that provide standard
6
w e
Standard/Long backup time.
a
model L: long backup time model, using external large-capacity batteries that provide
H u long backup time.
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. UPS2000-A-(1~10k) Introduction
ain
Tr
 Highlights e i
aw
 Working mode H u
o n
UPS2000-A-(1~3K) Introduction t i

ic a
i f
t Introduction
r
Ce
 UPS2000-A-(6~10K)
&
3. UPS2000-G-(6~20K) n g Introduction
i
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Highlight n
atio
if i c
r t
Convenient C e Reliable
&
i ng
in
• Small , battery inside; • Widest input voltage
• LCD screen，UI friendly;
r a
iT
range;
• Support
w e • Powerful overload
ua
USB/RS232/SNMP/Dry capability;
contact /RS485 H • Double – conversion.
n
it o
communication.
a
fi ic
Efficient
Intelligent
r t
Ce
&
• Battery intelligent • Energy control
n g
management, flexible operation (ECO)
i
inconfiguration;
a•
efficiency of up to
T r
i
Integrated monitoring 95%, which is green
w e Platform for the whole and energy-saving.

a
Hu
network.
Highlights Comparison n
atio
if i c
r t
No. Item
Huawei
(UPS2000-A-3K)
Emerson
ITA-3KVA C e
Impact of Poor Performance
&
1 LCD LCD LED g
Unfriendly operation interfaces.
n in battery switching in adverse

aienvironments, shortening the battery
Frequent
r
Input voltage range 110–300 V 120–280 V
2
Frequency range 40–70 HZ 45–65 HZ
i T lifespan.
w e Low output precision, which cannot

3% a
Output voltage
Hu
3 1% better protect precision or sensitive
precision
loads.
1 kVA: 88% n
4 Efficiency 2 kVA: 89% it o ≥ 87% Not energy saving.
3 kVA: 90%
ic a
t f
i°C
r –15°C to +50°C
Ce batteries)
–40°C to +70 Narrow storage temperature range,
5 Storage temperature (excluding
(excluding which is unhelpful for storage.
batteries)
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
 Highlights e i
aw
 Working mode H u
o n
UPS2000-A-(1~3K) Introduction t i

ic a
i f
t Introduction
r
Ce
 UPS2000-A-(6~10K)
&
3. UPS2000-G-(6~20K) n g Introduction
i
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Working Mode (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C mode, Static
There are four working modes for UPS：Main mode, Battery e
&
bypass mode and ECO mode. g
nin
Main mode: The normal situation, the mains input rthrough ai the rectifier to boost
i T mains through the charger

into a stable DC voltage, supply inverter, whileethe

awa stable AC power supply to the
realize battery charging. The inverter outputs
H u
loads.
o n
i
t fails or exceptions occur, the UPS immediately
 Battery mode: If the mains supply
ic a
i f
t In this case, batteries supply power to customers'
r
switches to the battery mode.
Ce the mains recovers, the UPS immediately switches back
loads using inverters. After
&
to the main mode.
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Working Mode (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Static bypass mode: If a UPS is faulty, overloaded or over heat,Citeimmediately
& the bypass power
switches to the bypass mode(static bypass mode); In this case,
g
source supply power to customers' loads through theinstatic in bypass and there is no
r a
backup battery again.
i T
w e
 ECO mode: If the bypass voltage and frequency
u a are in the set range, UPS will be
powered by bypass to the load, if the bypass H voltage and frequency exceeds the
set range, it will switch the main imode o n or battery mode immediately.
a t
i f ic
r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
2. UPS2000-A-(1~10k) Introduction i ng
ain
Tr
 Highlights
e i
aw
 Working mode
H u
n
UPS2000-A-(1~3K) Introduction
io

a t
 Appearance
i f ic
r t
 Optional Parts
Ce
&
g
Technical Specifications
in

i n
r a
T

e i
a w
3. UPS2000-G-(6~20K) Introduction
Hu
UPS2000-A-1kVA Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
Stand model &
Long backup time model
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
ng
2. Input circuit 3. USB port (security protection
i
1. Mains input socket 4. RS232 port
breaker(fuse) mechanism supported)
in
r a 6. External battery
iT
5.Optional card slot 7. Output socket 8. LCD display panel
connector
9. Buttons
w e
a
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
ng
Stand model Long backup time model
i
ain
T r
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
n g
ni breaker(fuse)
mechanism supported)
a i
r
iT
6. External battery
5.Optional card slot 7. Output socket 8. LCD display panel
connector
w e
9. Buttons
a
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
ng
Stand model Long backup time model
i
ain
T r
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
ng
1. Mains input socket
n ibreaker(fuse) mechanism supported) 4. RS232 port
a i
r 6. External battery
iT
5.Optional card slot 7. Output socket 8. Output terminals
connector
w e
9. LCD display panel
a
10. Buttons
Hu
UPS2000G-3KVA Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
Stand model
&
Long backup time model
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
g
nbreaker(fuse)
n i 2. Input circuit 3. USB port (security protection
ai
mechanism supported)
T r
i
5.Optional card slot 6. External battery 7. Output socket 8. Output terminals
we
connector
u a
9. LCD display panel 10. Buttons
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ain
Tr
 Highlights
e i
aw
 Working mode
H u
n
io

a t
 Appearance
i f ic
r t
 Optional Parts
Ce
&
g
in

i n
r a
T

e i
a w
Hu
Battery Box and Battery Rack n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
ng
Battery Box Battery Rack
i
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
① DC port
in long backup time(Battery Rack)
② DC port r a
③ i T
Battery circuit breaker
w e
u a
H
Battery Box n
atio
if i c
r t
1K models the defaultebackup time of
C)
&
battery box ( full load
g
nin
Backup
i Battery box
a specification
Numb
time
T r er
15minei ESS-36V12-9AHBPVBB 1PCS

a w
Hu36min ESS-36V12-9AHBPVBB 2PCS
UPS2000-A Battery Box
o n
i
tof
2K models the default backup time
ic a 3K models the default backup time of
battery box ( full load ) t i f battery box ( full load )
er
C
Backup Battery box
& Number Backup Battery box
Number
time specification g time specification
n in
17min i
ESS-72V12-
a 1PCS 17min
ESS-96V12-
1PCS
r
9AHBPVBB
T
9AHBPVBB
i
e 9AHBPVBB
ESS-72V12- 39min
ESS-96V12-
2PCS
39min
a w 2PCS 9AHBPVBB
H u
Communication Cards n
atio
if i c
r t
 UPS2000 ( 1-3kVA ) offers 3 kinds of communication cards : SNMPCcard, e Modbus card
& optional card slot.
and dry contact card. These cards can be inserted directly into the
g
nin
ai
SNMP card MODBUS card
T r Dry contact card
e i
aw
Hu
1
1
n
it o
a
2 1
c
2
f i
r ti 1. COM1（support RS485）
1. Ambient temperature and
humidity sensor interface e
C 2. COM2（support RS485）
1. input/output dry contact
2. Ethernet interface
&
g
n in
a i
r
Monitors the UPS and provides the  Provides two cascaded RJ45 ports  Provides dry contact signals and
i
Ethernet networking Tsolution. It also to implement networking over the manages the UPS remotely.
w e
enables ambient temperature and Modbus.
a
humidityudetection.
H
Ambient Temperature and Humidity n
t io
Sensor tif
i c a
e r
 Connect ambient temperature and humidity sensors to SNMP C card, and the
& illustration.
address of the dial code on sensor is shown in the following g
nin
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
er
Code C
1 32 33
& 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
34
1 ng 1
position
6 0 1
i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
a i0n 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
r 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
5 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 0
i
0
T 1 1 1 1
3 0 e 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
0 w 0
2
u a 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
1
H1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
Battery Rack and Battery Switch Box n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
Applicable
Model Specifications
& UPS
g
PDC-63DC-
nin V DC, 63 A
440 3 /6/10kVA
440V
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu Connecting
Battery switch
box
to UPS
n
it o
a
rit fic
Battery rack
C e
&
ing Connecting to Connecting to Connecting to Connecting to
n
aibased on
battery rack 1 battery rack 2 battery rack 3 battery rack 4
r
Battery rack used
T
i batteries and
the numbereof
aw
batteryucapacity. Cable connections for multiple battery racks
H
External Charger n
atio
if i c
r t
Indicator Charge with e Charge
C independent
UPS &
i ng
ain
T r
e i
1. DC port 2. Indicator
aw
H u
3. Current 4. Power switch
n
it o
selection button
a
it fic
5. Mains input
er
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
36V Max charge current15A
72V Max charge current12A
u a 96V Max charge current10A
H
SMS Card and Anti-tilt MechanicalaPart n
it o
i f ic
GSM Modem e part rt
C
Anti-tilt mechanical
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic

C e
Features the small size, ease of use, and plug  Applies to the UPS and battery box to
and play.
& prevent them from tilting and improves the

ing
Enables users to query UPS running status system reliability.
using short messages. in
r a

i T
Periodically sends UPS running status and
e
alarm information.
w

u a
Works with the SNMP card.
H
High-voltage Protector n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ica
3. 10Aoutpurt port
This high-voltage protector used
tr if
1. Mains input 2. 16A output port（C19）
（C13）
with 1-3K ups, connects between
mains and UPS, prevents abnormal Ce 4.breaker
Output circuit 5. Input LG,NG SPD 6. Input LN SPD
&
high pressure from enteringgUPS.
indicator indicator
in
in
7. Output
r a indicator
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ain
Tr
 Highlights
e i
aw
 Working mode
H u
n
io

a t
 Appearance
i f ic
r t
 Optional Parts
Ce
&
g
in

i n
r a
T

e i
a w
Hu
Physical Specifications n
atio
if i c
r t
Item 1KTT 2KTT 3KTT e Cx
3KRT
421 g &
Standard 220 x 145 x 220 x 145 x 397 318 x 190 600 x 438 x 88
282
Netdimensions model
i n
n
220 x 145 x 397 i220x 145 x 397
(D mm x W mm Long 220 x 145 x
r a 380 x 438 x 88
x H mm) backup time
282
i T
model
w e
Standard 9.4 17.5 ua 27 29.3
model H
n
Net weight(kg) Long 4.6
it o 7.3 8.0 15.1
backup time
ic a
ti f
model
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Environmental Specifications n
atio
if i c
r t
Item 1KTT 2KTT 3KTT
Ce 3KRT
Operating 0℃~40℃ &
temperature
i ng
Humidity 0%~95%RH（non-condensing）
ain
Altitude Tr
< 1000 m
e i
Noise Less than 50dB @ 1 Meter
aw
Storage and Hu
n
it o
transportation –40°C to +70°C (battery pack: –20°C to +40°C)
temperature a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Input Electrical Specifications n
atio
if i c
r t
Mains input electrical specifications
C e
&
Item 1KTT 2KTT 3KTT
g 3KRT
nin
Input mode
i
One phase ,three lines
a
Rated input voltage T r VAC
200/208/220/230/240
e i
Input voltage range
110～300±5%(110V AC~164V AC，load
aw is linearly derated between
u
40%~100%。）
H 40-70 Hz
Input frequency range
n
Input PFC it o > 0.99 @full load
Bypass Input Electrical Specificationsfic
a
r t i
Item
C e1KTT 2KTT 3KTT 3KRT
Bypass voltage &170–264V AC
tolerance
ing
a in
T r
Bypass frequency tolerance 47–53 Hz or 57–63 Hz
e i
w
a capability minute;
H u
Bypass overload
110%–120%, 30 minutes;120%–130%, 10 minutes;130%–150%, 1
Output Electrical Specifications (1) ation
i f ic
rt
Item 1KTT 2KTT 3KTT
Ce 3KRT
&
Output mode One phase output
g
nin
ai
Rated output voltage
r
200/208/220/230/240±1%
T
e i is consistent with the input
Output frequency
In normal mode, the UPS output frequency
frequency, which is 50 Hz or 60aHz wwith the tolerance of ±3 Hz.
Hu is 50 Hz or 60 Hz(tolerance ±0.05%).
range
In battery mode, the frequency
Output power factor
o n
t i 0.8
(PF)
ic a
t f
i load)
Total distortion of
r
Ce load)
< 6% (non-resistive
output voltage
< 3% (resistive
waveform (THDv)
&
g
n 88%
Efficiency
i 89% 90% 90%
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Output Electrical Specifications (2) ation
i f ic
rt
Item 1KTT 2KTT 3KTT
Ce 3KRT
&
ng
When the ambient temperature is 0–35°C:
i
− 105%–110%: The UPS automatically shuts down (in battery mode) or transfers to
bypass mode (in normal mode) after 10 minutes.
ain
Tr
bypass mode (in normal mode) after 1 minutes. e i
aw
Hu
bypass mode (in normal mode) after 3 seconds.
− > 150%: The UPS automatically shuts down (in battery mode) or transfers to
Inverter n
overload it o
bypass mode (in normal mode) after 0.5 seconds max.
a
When the ambient temperature is 35–40°C:
it fic
capability
er
bypass mode (in normal mode) after 5 minutes.
C
&
bypass mode (in normal mode) after 30 seconds.
ing
in
bypass mode (in normal mode) after 1.5 seconds.
r a
i T
− > 150%: The UPS automatically shuts down (in battery mode) or transfers to
w e bypass mode (in normal mode) after 0.5 seconds max.
u a
H
Battery Specifications n
atio
if i c
r t
e
C3KTT
Item 1KTT 2KTT
& 3KRT
Standard Rated Battery voltage (VDC) 24 48
i ng 72 72
model
i n
Number of 2 4 r a 6 6
Batteries(12V) iT
e 54.6±1%
w
ua
Float charging voltage (VDC) 27.3±1% 82.1±1% 82.1±1%
Equalized charging Voltage (VDC)
H
28.3±1% 56.6±1% 84.9±1% 84.9±1%
Charger rated Charge Current(A) n 1 1 1 1
it o
Long
ic a 36 72 96 96
backup
Rated Battery voltage (VDC)
Number of Batteries (12V)rt
i f
time e
Float charging voltageC(VDC)
3
40.9±1%
6
81.6±1%
8
109±1%
8
109±1%
Model Equalized charging&Voltage (VDC)
n g 42.5±1% 84.9±1% 113.3±1% 113.3±1%
i
n Charge Current (A)
i
Charger rated 4 4 4 4
T ra
e i
a w
H u
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ain
Tr
 Highlights
e i
aw
 Working mode
H u
n
UPS2000-A- (1~3K) Introduction
io

a t

fic
ti
r
 Appearance Ce
&
n g
Optional Parts
ni

i

T ra Specifications
Technical
e i
a w
Hu
Introduction (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C conversion
The UPS2000-A-(6 kVA-10 kVA) series adopts the online double e
&
g ease of use. It
technology, featuring high efficiency, high reliability, and
n in
provides high-reliability and high-quality AC poweraisupply.
T r
The UPS2000 is used in server equipment rooms e i of enterprises, small-sized

aw
DC, branches of central equipment rooms, Hu telecom and Internet switch rooms
n
of small-sized enterprises, local area
it o networks (LANs) and communications
equipment rooms, equipmenticrooms a of financial institution branches,
t i f
r
Ce
supermarket branches, branches of the power supply room for laboratory and
medical equipment,gand & infrastructure, such as the control equipment room,
n
i
radio systems, home, ni and offices.
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Introduction (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
The UPS2000-A-(6 kVA-10 kVA) has eight models and is classified into the e
&
standard version and profession version. g
nin Name
Model
ai
T r
UPS2000-A-6kTTS-S
time e i
UPS2000-A-6 kVA standard version with standard backup
aw
Standard version
UPS2000-A-6kTTL-S
H u
UPS2000-A-6 kVA standard version with long backup time
UPS2000-A-10 kVA standard version with standard backup
n
UPS2000-A-10kTTS-S
time
it o UPS2000-A-10 kVA standard version with long backup time
UPS2000-A-10kTTL-S
ica
UPS2000-A-6kTTS-P tif
UPS2000-A-6 kVA professional version with standard backup
e r time
C
UPS2000-A-6kTTL-P UPS2000-A-6 kVA professional version with long backup time
&
ng
Professional version UPS2000-A-10 kVA professional version with standard backup
i
UPS2000-A-10kTTS-P
in
time
a
rUPS2000-A-10kTTL-P UPS2000-A-10 kVA professional version with long backup
i T time
w e
u a
H
Appearance (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS2000-A-6kVA/10kVA standard version with standard backup
Ce time
&
Front view(with Built-in Batteries) Rear view(with Built-in Batteries)
ng Remarks
i ni
r a
i T 2
4
w e 3
5a
H u
1. The UPS2000-
n
it o
A with
ic a 1 standard
tr i f backup time
C e 6 7 has 16 built-in
batteries.
& 2. The efficiency
ing is up to 96%.
a in 1. AC input circuit breaker; 2. Optional card
T r 3. Function
1. Indicators (four); 2. LCD; slot (under the cover); 3. USB port; 4. MBS
e i
buttons (four); 4. Anti-tilt mechanical part; 5. port; 5. Emergency power-off (EPO) port; 6. AC
Caster
a w input terminal block; 7. AC output terminal
H u block
Appearance (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS2000-A-6kVA/10kVA standard version with long backup time
Ce
&
Rear view n g
ni
Front view Remark
ai
T r
4 e
i 2
a5w 3
H u 1. The
UPS2000-A
n with long
it o backup
ic a 1
time is
t i f
er 7
connected
to external
C 6
batteries.
&
n g 8 2. The
i ni efficiency
ra
is up to
1. Indicators (four); 2.TLCD; 3. Function
1. AC input circuit breaker; 2. Optional card slot 96%.
buttons (four); 4. e i mechanical part; 5. (under the cover); 3. USB port; 4. MBS port; 5.
Anti-tilt
Caster
a w EPO port; 6. AC input terminal block; 7. AC output
H u terminal block; 8. Battery terminals
Appearance (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS2000-A-6kVA/10kVA professional version with standard backup
Ce time
&
g
in Batteries)
Front view(with Built-in
Rear view(with Built-in
Batteries)
i n
r a
i T 2
4
w e 3
5 u a 6
H
n
it o1 78
ic a
ti f
r 9 11
Ce 10
&
ing 1. AC input circuit breaker; 2. Optional card slot
i n LCD; 3. Function (under the cover); 3. EPO port; 4. USB port; 5. MBS
r a
1. Indicators (four); 2. port; 6. Parallel port; 7. Maintenance bypass circuit
buttons (four);T4. Anti-tilt mechanical
e i
part; 5. Caster
breaker; 8. AC output circuit breaker; 9. AC input
terminal block; 10. AC output terminal block; 11.
a w Jumper terminal block for a single UPS or a parallel
Hu
system
Appearance (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS2000-A-6kVA/10kVA professional version with long backupetime
C
Front view
&
Reargview
nin
ai
T r 2
4
e i 3
a w5 6
u
H 1 78
n
it o
ic a 12
ti f 9
e r 10 11
C
& 1. AC input circuit breaker; 2. Optional card slot (under
g
n3. Function
i the cover); 3. EPO port; 4. USB port; 5. MBS port; 6.
n mechanical part; Parallel port; 7. Maintenance bypass circuit breaker; 8. AC
1. Indicators (four); 2. LCD;
i
T ra
buttons (four); 4. Anti-tilt
output circuit breaker; 9. AC input terminal block; 10.
5. Caster
e i Battery wiring terminal 11. AC output terminal block; 12.
a w Jumper terminal block for a single UPS or a parallel system
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ain
Tr
 Highlights
e i
aw
 Working mode
H u
n
io

a t

fic
ti
r
 Appearance Ce
&
n g
Optional Parts
ni

i

T ra Specifications
Technical
e i
a w
Hu
Optional Components List n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS2000-A-(6 kVA- e
UPS2000-A-(6
UPS2000-A-(6 kVA- C UPS2000-A-(6 kVA-
Model
kVA-10 kVA)
10 kVA) standard
10 kVA)
& version with long
10 kVA) professional
standard version
g
professional version
in
Optional Component version with long
with standard with standard
backupin
backup time backup time
a
backup time time
T r
Battery box √
e i √
Battery rack √ aw √
u
Battery switch box √H √
o n√
SNMP/Modbus/Dry
√ t i √ √
contact
ic a
Anti-tilt mechanical
ti f
√ r √ √
Ce
part
&
Output isolation
√ √
ng
transformer
i
in √
Wireless data
√ √ √
card/Modem
r a
Humidity and i T
w e
temperature sensor √ √ √ √
a
Hu
Parallel cable √ √
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
2. UPS2000A-(1~10k) Introduction i ng
ain
Tr
 Highlights
e i
aw
 Working mode
H u
n
UPS2000A- (1~3K) Introduction
io

a t

fic
UPS2000A- (6~10K) Introduction
ti
r
 Appearance Ce
&
n g
Optional Parts
ni

i

T ra Specifications
Technical
e i
a w
3. UPS2000G-（6~20K) Introduction
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
Standard Version e
Professional Version
C
Item &
ng
UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A-
UPS2000-A-6k UPS2000-A-10k
6k 10k i
ain
Standard
Tr
Backup Time 605*250*580 605*250*580
e i 605*250*580 605*250*580
Dimensions model
aw
(H x W x D)
Long Backup
605*250*580 Hu
605*250*580 605*250*580 605*250*580
Time model
n
Standard it o
a
it fic
Backup Time 60 66 75 82
Net
Weight(kg)
model
er
Long Backup C
Time model & 20 21 25 26
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
Standard Version e
C
UPS2000-A- &
ng
Item UPS2000-A-6k/10k UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A-6/10k
6/10k Long
i
in
Standard 6k/10k Standard Long Backup
Backup Time
Backup Time
r a
Backup Time Time
i T
Operating
w e
0°C～40°C
temperature
u a
Humidity H
0%～95%RH（non-condensing）
＜1000m(When the altitude is
o n 1000-4000 meters, see IEC62040-3 to check how
i
t (When the altitude increase 100 m, the output power
Altitude the UPS power is derated.
ic a
derated 1%.)
t i f
r
Ce –40°C to +70°C –20°C to +40°C –40°C to +70°C
Storage and
transportation –20°C to +40°C
&
temperature
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Mains Input Electrical Specifications n
it o
a ic
i f
Standard Version rte
C
Item UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A-6k/10k & UPS2000-A-6/10k
g
6k/10k Standard 6/10k Long
inTime Long Backup Time
Standard
n
Backup Time Backup Time i
Backup
a
Input power
T r
Cable
Single-phase(L/N) input +PE cable
e i
Single-phase(L/N)
Dual-live-wire(L1
input +PE cable
and L2)input + PE cable
aw
Rated input
Voltage 220/230/240 VAC
H u 208/220/230/240 VAC
Input voltage 80–280 n

V AC (When the voltage is 80–176 V AC, the load power is linearly derated to
40%–100%.)
it o
Input frequency
ic a 45–65 Hz
ti f
Input power
factor e r > 0.99
(100%load) C
&
Startup voltage
n g 120–280 V AC
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Bypass Input Electrical Specifications n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
Standard Version Professional Version
Item UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A- &

ng
UPS2000-A-6/10k
6k/10k Standard 6/10k Long
i
6k/10k Standard
in
Long Backup Time
Backup Time Backup Time Backup Time
r a
Rated input
voltage 220/230/240 VAC
i T 208/220/230/240 VAC
e
w Upper threshold:10/15/20/25/30% at
a
u 208V
Upper threshold:10/15/20/25% at 220V
Bypass voltage Upper threshold:10/15/20% at 230V
H Upper threshold:10/15/20/25% at 220V
range
o n
Upper threshold:10/15% at 240V
t i Upper threshold:10/15/20% at 230V
ic a
Lower hreshold:10/20/30/40/50/60% Upper threshold:10/15% at 240V
tr if
Lower hreshold:10/20/30/40/50/60%
Bypass
frequency range Ce Maximum ±5 Hz
&
n g
ni
Load < 125%: The UPS continuously works. The input circuit breaker may trip in
i
advance.
Bypass overload 125%
T ra ≤ load < 150%: The UPS stops power output after 1 minute. The input circuit
Capability
e i Load ≥ 150%: The UPS stops power output after 200ms. The input circuit breaker
breaker may trip in advance.
a w may trip in advance (load is calculated based on the bypass currents).

Hu
Output Electrical Specifications n
atio
if i c
r t
Standard Version e
C
UPS2000-A- &
ng
Item UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A-
6k/10k
i UPS2000-A-6/10k
in
6/10k Long 6k/10k Standard
Standard Long Backup Time
Backup Time
Backup Time
r a
Backup Time
i T
Output power cable
w e ,three lines
Single phase
u a
Rated output voltage 220/230/240 VAC
H 208/220/230/240 VAC
Average frequency n
0.5–2 Hz/s for a single UPSit o
a
it fic
tracking rate
PFC
er 0.9
Output voltage precision C ±1%
&
ng
Main mode: 105%≤load＜125% 5 min; 125%≤load＜150% 1min; 150%≤load 0.2s
Overload capacity
n i
i
Battery mode: 105%≤ load＜125% 1 min; 125%≤ load＜150% 30s; 150%≤load 0.2s
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Battery Electrical Specifications (1) ation
i f ic
Standard Version e rt
C
Item UPS2000-A-6k/10k UPS2000-A-6/10k UPS2000-A-6k/10k
&
g
UPS2000-A-6/10k
Standard Long Standard
Backupin
Long Backup Time
in
Backup Time Backup Time Time
Rated battery a
r240 V DC
voltage 192 V DC 192 VDC–240 VDC
T 192 VDC–240 VDC
icontains sixteen 7 Ah, 12 V lead-acid batteries;
e
wtime: contains sixteen 9 Ah, 12 V lead-acid
6 kVA standard version with standard backup time:
10 kVA standard version with standard backup a
u backup time: contains twenty 7 Ah, 12 V lead-
Number of
batteries H
batteries; 6 kVA professional version with standard
acid batteries; 10 kVA professional version with standard backup time: contains twenty 9 Ah, 12 V
n time: connects to external battery boxes and supports
it o
lead-acid batteries; UPS with long backup
a
16–20 batteries.
f ic
Leakage current ≤ 500 μA
r ti
C e
Battery type of the
&
UPS2000-A with
n g
ni
12 V DC valve regulated lead acid (VRLA) battery
standard backup
i
ra
time
Battery capacity of T
the UPS2000-A ei 6 kVA: 7Ah 6 kVA: 7Ah
with standard w
NA NA
backup timeu a 10 kVA: 9Ah 10 kVA: 9Ah
H
Battery Electrical Specifications (2) ation
i f ic
Standard Version rt
e
C
Item UPS2000-A-6k/10k UPS2000-A-6/10k UPS2000-A-6k/10k
&
g
UPS2000-A-6/10k
Standard Long Standard
Backupin
Long Backup Time
in
Backup Time Backup Time Time
6 kVA:ra > 4 minutes (at
full T
6 kVA: 4.8minutes (at
full load with a 0.9 e i
Power
load with a 0.9
factor), 10
power factor), 5.6
a w minutes (at 80% load
minutes (at 80% load
H u with a 0.9 Power
with a 0.9 power factor) factor)
Power backup time
n
NA NA
10 kVA: 3.7 minutes (at 10 kVA: > 4 minutes
full load with a 0.9
t io (at full load with a 0.9
Power factor), 4.8
ic a Power factor), 5.9
minutes (at 80% load
tr if minutes (at 80% load
C e
with a 0.9 power factor) with a 0.9 power
factor)
A maximum of&
Parallel feature
g four battery strings are connected in parallel.
n in
Rated charger
2 Aa i 4 A by default; 1–8 A 4 A by default; 1–8 A
charge current
T r configurable,
tolerance ±0.5 A
2A configurable, tolerance
±0.5 A
e i
a w
H u
ECO Electrical Specifications n
atio
if i c
t
Standard Version er Version
Professional
C
UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A- &
UPS2000-A- g UPS2000-A-
Item 6k/10k in
6k/10k
n
Standard
6/10k Long
a i
Standard
6/10k Long
Backup Time
Backup Time
i Tr Time
Backup
Backup Time
e
won the LCD). The range is ±(5–10)%
ECO voltage
Default value: ±10% (configurable a
tolerance
Hu
ECO frequency
o n
t i
Default value: ±2 Hz (configurable on the LCD). The range is ±(0.5–3) Hz
tolerance
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
T r
3. UPS2000-G-(6~20K) Introductione i
aw
 Highlight Hu
o n
t i
 Product Description
ic a
t i f
r
 Technical Specifications
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
High Reliability n
atio
if i c
r t
 Wide input voltage and frequency ranges. Ce
&
The input voltage ranges from 80 V to 280 V, and g
in

the input frequency ranges from 40 Hz to 70 Hz. n

i All-around reliability check
r a
i T

e
Strong 5 kA lightning protection and 6 kV surge
w
Key component
a
correction
protection design. u
Cross-over LLT long
material lifespan test
H
verification
Key component failure warnings. n

it o
 THB test Humid
cyclic test

ca component
The warnings include vulnerable
i f i
(capacitor, battery, and fan)t
r failure warnings, which High
C e accelerated
life test
(HALT)
Lightning
strike test
eliminates power failure

& risks and prevents risks in
Humid
dust test
ng
Huawe
advance.
i
i
in
propri
etary
Parallel cablesraconnected in a loop.

T

e i

w
This eliminates the impact caused by the fault of a
a parallel cable.
u
single
H
High Efficiency n
atio
if i c
r t
TUV energy efficiency test data Among the world's firstestars of energy
C
&
g
nin
ai
T r
e i
aw
UPS2000-G-6K Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
UPS2000-G-10K &
ing
in
r a
i T
w e The world's first batch of UPSs certified
a
u UPS2000-G-15K
by the Start of Energy.
H
Easy to Use n
atio
if i c
r t
 Rack/Tower mounting The LCD is rotatable and can be Ce
&
ng
installed in a 19-inch standard cabinet;
i
ain
 Multiple input systems;
Tr
High power density; e i

aw
 One card monitoring the whole parallelHsystem;
u
 o
Hierarchical segment (single UPStiscenario);
n
ic a
 ti f
Parallel redundancy failure rwarnings;
C e

& of remaining modules when a single
This prevents overload
UPS is faulty. ing
a in
 Parallel cablesT r connected in a loop;
e i
This w
eliminates the impact caused by the fault of a single Primary Secondary
a

u cable.
Hparallel
load load
Intelligent n
atio
if i c
r t
 Easy to manage Ce
&
ng
 Displays real-time system running state.
i
 Power supply and battery testing
ain
T r
systems can be controlled.
e i
Remote online upgrade aw
u

 Monitoring unit supports remote online H

n
upgrade. it o
a
Supports RS485, SNMP, USB, and dry
it fic

contact. er
Single UPS monitoring C
Multiple UPS network SMS alarm Terminal remote management
(USB) &
management system
ng
Real-time monitoring
n i Output report
a i
T r Pre-failure
e i
a w
Hu Asset management
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
T r
3. UPS2000-G-(6~20K) Introductione i
aw
 Highlight Hu
o n
t i
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Product Description (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
Item Description
Ce
UPS 6kVA Standard model and Long backup model
&
ng
Standard model and Long backup model
UPS UPS 10kVA
i
ain
r
UPS 15kVA Long backup model
UPS 20kVA Long backup model
i T
Standard battery
box
240V, 7/9Ah; 36V,7Ah; 96V,7Ah
we
Power
Battery pack 40Ah/65Ah,36V;40Ah,96V
u a
distribu
tion
3/1PDU H
three-phase input one-phase output PDU
n
three-phase input three-phase output
it o
compo 3/3PDU
PDU
nents
a
it fic
6kVA transformer 2:1:1
10kVA transformer 2:1:1
SNMP card
er
SNMP/Web monitoring
Modbus card
C
Support RS485 Protocol
Option Dry contact card
&
Support dry contact
al part Battery
g
（6K- temperature sensor in
Monitor the temperature of battery
20K） Ambient
a inMonitor ambient temperature and
T r
temperature and
e i
humidity Sensor
humidity
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
Battery port Input circuit
C e
PP45 breaker
Emergency g
&
Power Off
Tempera
ture
nin
port sensor
ai
T r port40~
e i 80℃
aw
H u
n
it o
a
rit fic
AC input
port C e AC output
port
Parallel
port Optional
& card slot
ing Maintenance
in bypass port
r a
iT
Control area network (CAN)
w e communications ports
a
Hu
UPS2000-G-10K as the example，others are nearly the same
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
Remove the panel Rotate the logo
e i
aw
H u
n
it o Rotate the control panel
a
it fic
rGuide rail Tower-
Support base
(tower-mounting) e
C(rack-mounting) mounting
&
g

in
The length is adjustable;
The support baseinis delivered with the
 Mounting brackets are delivered
ra
 with the UPS;
UPS;
i T  Guide rails are optional, and the

w e
The components installed between depth is adjustable.
a bases are optional.
support
u
H
atio
if i c
r t
 Each system implements physical switching using the Cshort-circuiting e
&
g
copper bar delivered with the UPS.
nin
ai
The input power grid is self-adaptive. The output T r is adjusted on the

e i
LCD. w
a 3/3
u
H (dual mains)
3/3
(dual mains)
n
it o 3/3 3/3
ic a (single mains) (single mains)

tr if 3/1 3/1
Ce
(dual mains) (dual mains)
& 3/1 3/1 3/1
g
n (single mains)
i (single mains) (single mains)
a in
1/1
(single mains) T
r 1/1 1/1 1/1
e i (single mains) (single mains) (single mains)
a w
6 kVA usystem 10 kVA system 15 kVA system 20 kVA system
H
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
g
Battery port onin
in
6k/10k UPS is PP45
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n Battery port on 15k/20k UPS is OT terminals
Battery box
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
n
ai
Battery
Battery
T r box
group
e i
a w
Hu
Short backup time(battery box） Long backup time(battery group）
atio
if i c
r t
Single ups：USB + NetEco 1000U Modbus card networking
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
SNMP card networking
rit fic Dry contact card networking
C e
&
ing
in
T&H sensor
r a Monitoring device
i T
FE
w e
u a
H
n
Optional Part - PDU (1) atio
if i c
r t
Model Applicable UPS
C e
&
PDC-0038V4ACIOA
g
15K/20K（three-phase input three
in
phase output ）
n
ai6K/10K/15K/20K (three-phase input
PDC-0091V2ACIOA
T r one-phase output ，one-phase input
e i one-phase output)
aw
H u
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
1. Maintenance bypass
n g
2. DIP switch 3. Voltage monitoring ports 4. Output ports
ni 6. Mains input ports

ports (MBS dry contact)
ai
5. Bypass input ports 7. Output socket group 1 (250 8. Output socket group 1
T r V AC, 15 A) fuses
i
9. Output socket group 2 10. Output socket group 2 11. UPS 1 mains input port 12. UPS 2 mains input
fuses
w e (250 V AC, 10 A) (under the cover) port (under the cover)
a
13. UPS 1 bypass input 14. UPS 2 bypass input 15. UPS 1 output port (under 16. UPS 2 output port
Hu
port (under the cover) port (under the cover) the cover) (under the cover)
n
Optional Part - PDU (2) atio
if i c
r t
Ce
Operate MBS will trigger
the MBS dry contact
PDU front view(remove cover) &
Input/output
i ng
circuit breaker
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing 端口连接
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H PDU rear view(remove cover)
Optional Part - Transformer n
atio
if i c
r t
Features：
Ce
Input voltage is 220VAC, output voltage is 110VAC
&
ng
 provides isolation solutions for customer equipment.
i
 2:1:1 transformer and converts the 220 V output
ain
voltage into two isolated 110 V outputs.
Tr load
e i
w
PE
u a
H
n
it o
Transformer load
a Input voltage is 220VAC, output voltage is 220VAC

Two models：
t fi ic
r
 6 kW isolation transformer case
Ce
&
ng
 10kVA isolation transformer case
n i load
Configuration rules:
a i PE
T r isolation transformer case.

15KVA 3/3: 3pcs 6kVA
i 10kVA isolation transformer case.


w e
20KVA 3/3: 3pcs
a Transformer load
Hu
 15/20KVA 3/1: 2pcs 10kVA isolation transformer case.
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. UPS2000A-(1~10k) Introduction
ain
T r
3. UPS2000G-（6~20K) Introduction e i
aw
H u
 Highlight
o n
t i
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
Item 6kVA 10kVA 15kVA 20kVA
&
ng
Dimensions (H x W
430mm×86mm×585mm
i
430mm×130mm×685mm
x D)
ain
T r
Weight 14kg 16kg
i
32kg
e
32kg
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
ng
Item 6kVA 10kVA 15kVA 20kVA
i
Operating 0°C～40°C
ain
Tr
temperature
e i
Humidity 0%～95%RH（non-condensing）
a w
Huderating by 1% for each additional 100 m.)
Altitude When the altitude is 1000–4000 meters, see IEC62040-3 to check how the UPS
power is derated. (the output power
o n
Storage and t i
-40°C~+70°C（batteryabox：-20°C~+40°C）
transportation
i f ic
temperature
r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
it o
a ic
i f
rt 20 kVA
Ce
Item 6 kVA 10 kVA 15 kVA
1 Ph (L/N) + PE, single- 1 Ph (L/N) + PE, single-
1 Ph (L/N) +
phase phase &
1 Ph (L/N) + PE, single-phase
ng
Input system PE, single- 3 Ph (L1/L2/L3/N) + PE, three-
3 Ph (L1/L2/L3/N) + PE, 3 Ph (L1/L2/L3/N) + PE,
i
in
phase phase
three-phase three-phase
Rated input 220 V AC single-phase
r
220 V AC single-phasea 220 V AC single-phase
voltage
220 V AC
380 V AC three-phase
i T
380 V AC three-phase 380 V AC three-phase
e
80–280 V AC, single-phase (When the voltage ranges from
w
Input voltage
80–280 V AC (When the voltage ranges a
80 V AC to 176 V AC, loads are linearly derated between
u
40% and 100%.)
range
from 80 V AC to 176 V AC, loads are
linearly derated between 40% and 100%.) H
138–485 V AC, three-phase (When the voltage ranges from
n
138 V AC to 305 V AC, loads are linearly derated between
it o 40% and 100%.)
a
it fic
Input power
> 0.99 (single-phase)
factor (< 100% >0.99 > 0.99 > 0.99
load)
er
> 0.95 (three-phase)
No-load loss < 54 W
C
< 90 W < 180 W
Double-power
N/A &
N/A Supported Supported
input
n g
ni
Startup voltage
i
120–280 V AC
ra 1.5 times the UPS rated capacity
range
DG input
T
ei
Minimum
capacity
a w
H u
Bypass Input Specifications n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce 20 kVA
Bypass voltage range Upper threshold: 10%/15%/20%/25%@220 V AC
&
ng
(upper and lower Upper threshold: 10%/15%/20%@230 V AC
thresholds configurable on Upper threshold: 10%/15%@240 V AC i
the LCD) Lower threshold: 10%/20%/30%/40%/50%/60%
ain
Bypass frequency Tr
Maximum ±6 Hz (upper and lower thresholds configurable on the LCD)
e i
< 125% load: The UPS continuously works. The input switch may trip in
advance;
aw
H u
125%–150% load: 1 minute in bypass mode. The input switch may trip in
Bypass overload capability
advance;
o n
i
150% load: 100t ms in bypass mode. The input switch may trip in
advance. ica
t i f
Input mode r
Singleemains
Single mains
C Dual mains
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
Item
Rated capacity
6 kVA
6 kVA
10 kVA
10 kVA
15 kVA
15 kVA C e 20 kVA
20 kVA
&
Output power factor (PF) 0.9
g
n V AC, or 240 V AC (single-phase
i
220 V AC, 230
n
220 V AC, 230 V AC, or 240 V
a i ona voltage
output; select system by setting a
AC (single-phase output; select a voltage
T r
voltage level the LCD.) 380 V AC, 400 V AC,
ori 415 V AC (three-phase output; select a
Rated output voltage
evoltage
system by setting a
voltage level on the LCD.)
aw LCD.) system by setting avoltage level on the
Output voltage
±1% Hu
tolerance
n
it o
 105% ≤ load < 125%: transfer to bypass mode after 5 minutes;
a
Inverter overload  125% ≤ load < 150%: transfer to bypass mode after 1 minute;
it fic
capability  Load ≥ 150%: transfer to bypass mode after 100 milliseconds.
r
The UPS stops supplying power if the bypass is abnormal.
Total harmonic
distortion of output
e
C load); < 2% (resistive load)
< 4% (non-linear
&
g
voltage (THDv)
in Ifoverloaded;
overloaded, the UPS disconnects from secondary loads and checks whether it is still
in

Power segment
r a
T
 In battery mode, the UPS disconnects from secondary loads if the battery voltage is less
i
(only in single UPS
than the specified value;
mode)
w e  In battery mode, the UPS disconnects from secondary loads if the discharge time is
a more than the specified value.
Hu
Battery Electrical Specifications n
atio
if i c
r t
C e 20 kVA
Rated battery voltage 240 V DC
&±240 V DC
n g
16–20, respectively in the positive and negative
ni The rated number is 20. If the

i
16–20, each 12 V DC. If the battery strings.
Number of batteries
smaller value between the
a
in therpositive and negative battery strings, N, is
smaller value between the numbers of batteries
numbers of batteries, N, is less than 20,
i Tthan 20, the battery power is derated to
the battery power is derated to N/20.
eless
w N/20.
Battery string sharing in a
Disabled u
Disabled a Enabled Enabled
parallel system H
n discharge protection is not implemented).
The discharge time is longer than 16 hours (can be set to 0–24 hours, 16 hours by default. If
Depth of discharge
io
the time is set to 0 hours, battery
t drops below 10.8 V in normal mode.
a
(DOD) protection
The single-battery voltage
7 Ah ifi
c
t
Standard-UPS
battery capacity r 9 Ah N/A
ecan be connected in parallel. If the user prepares batteries, the maximum
C
Batter strings
number&
Parallel feature
g
of battery strings in parallel is specified by the battery manufacturer.
2in
Charger rated charge
i n A (tolerance ±0.5) for standard models;
current
T ra 4 A (tolerance ±0.5) for long backup time models.
e
Charger rated charge i Each cell has an equalized voltage of 2.35 V and a float voltage of
voltage
a w 2.25 V. Both are configurable on the LCD.
Hu
ECO Feature and Parallel Feature n
atio
if i c
r t
ECO feature
C e
Item 6 kVA 10 kVA 15 kVA & 20 kVA
g
ECO voltage range
ianmaximum range of ±3 Hz)
Default value: ±10% (configurable on the LCD with a range of ±5% to ±10%)
n
ECO frequency range Default value: ±2 Hz (configurable on the LCD with
ai
T r
Parallel feature e i
aw
Item 6 kVA u
10 kVA
H
15 kVA 20 kVA
Number of UPSs connected in
4
n
it o
parallel
ic a
Safety
ti f
e r
Item
C Standards Compliance Remarks
Electromagnetic &
Conducted radiation: IEC/EN 62040-2 -
compatibility
n g and flicker: I = 16 A, EC/EN61000-3-3; 16 A -
i
Voltage fluctuation
in interference: 16 A < I ≤ 75 A, IEC/EN61000-3-12

< I ≤ 75 A, IEC/EN61000-3-11
a
T r
Harmonic -
Impact current
(surge protection)e
i IEC/EN60240-2 The AC input side provides Level
w
a YD/T1095-2000 YD/T944-2007
IEC/EN61000-4-5
D surge protection (differential
mode and common mode: 5 kA
H u and 8/20 µs).
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
C
1. Could you simply describe the differences between 6/10kVA and e
&
15/20kVA? i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Introduced UPS2000 series, we can know the highlight,
e
&
technical specifications, working modes andincables connection. g
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
UPS2000 Installation i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 This chapter mainly introduces the installation ofCUPS2000.
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
Install UPS2000 series； i ng

ain
Tr
 Check after installation. e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Preparation Ce
&
i ng
2. Installation
ain
Tr
3. Check after installation e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Site n
atio
if i c
r t
 Floor Bearing
C e
&
ng
 The floor can bear the weight of the UPS and its optional components. In the case of rack installation, ensure
i
in
that the floor can also bear the weight of the rack.
r a
 Environment
i T

w e
Do not install the UPS in an environment outside the specifications.
u a
Keep the UPS far away from water, heat sources, and flammable and explosive substances. Install the UPS in an
H

environment free of dust, volatile gas, salt, and corrosive materials. Avoid direct sunlight.
n

it o
Do not install the UPS in environments with conductive metal scraps in the air.
ic a

f
The ideal operating temperature for batteries is 20–30ºC. Temperatures higher than 30ºC shorten the battery
ti 20ºC reduces the backup time.
e r
lifespan and temperatures lower than
C
 Reserved clearances
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i (Unit: mm)
a w
H u
Tools n
a tio
if i c
r t
Keep tools that are C e
commonly used in a tool kit. &
ng
Get hand-held metal tools
i
in
properly insulated.
r a
i T
we
u a
Polyvinyl chloride H Heat shrink tubing
n
Wire stripper Cotton cloth Heat gun
(PVC) insulation tape (Ф6)
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
Electrostatic discharge Electrician's knife
ng
Protective gloves (ESD) gloves Insulation gloves Hydraulic pliers
n i
a i
T r
e i Phillips screwdriver
a w (PH2 x 150 mm and
H u
Cable tie PH3 x 250 mm) Multimeter
Power Cables n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
g
nin
ai a disconnector.
 In the case of single-phase input, you are advised to install
T r
e i
The UPS is a large leakage current device. Do not configure a circuit breaker that has

w
the leakage current protection function. If youua need the leakage current protection
H
function, use the earth leakage circuit breakern recommended. If multiple UPSs share an
io
earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB),atincrease the leakage current accordingly.
i f ic
The battery cable cannot be longer t
r than 10 m.

C e
 & breakers for both the N wire and L wire. No independent
You can install linked circuit
ing for only the N wire.
in
circuit breaker is allowed
r a
i T
w e
a
Hu
Unpacking and Checking n
atio
if i c
r t
Transportation safety requirements
C e
&
ng
 Do not move the UPS by holding its mounting brackets, front panel, terminal cover, or monitoring module.
i
ain
T r
e i
<18kg（<40lb） 18-32kg（40-70lb）
aw
32-55kg（70-120lb） >55kg（>120lb）
Procedure Hu
n

it o
Visually inspect the UPS appearance for shipping damage. If any shipping damage is found, report it
a
it fic
to the carrier immediately.
er
Move the UPS to the installation position, unpack the case.
C

Check the UPS. &

g

n in appearance for shipping damage. If any shipping damage is found, report it to the
i
 Visually inspect the UPS
ra
carrier immediately.
T
Check theiUPS bar code, which is at the top of the UPS, and ensure that it complies with the order. If there is

w e
a
any discrepancy, contact your local Huawei office immediately.
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Preparation Ce
&
i ng
2. Installation
ain
Tr
 General Procedure e i
aw
 Securing a UPS H u
o n
 Connecting Power Cables t i
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
3. Check after installation
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
General Procedure n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
ng
UPS2000 installation is composed of securing a UPS and connecting power cables
i
ain
Tr
Step1:Securing a UPS
• Tower-mounted
• Rack-mounted e i
aw
H u
o n
i
•tDisconnect the circuit breaker in the rear of UPS,
a
ic disconnect the circuit breaker in front of UPS.
Step2:Connecting power tr if • Remove the cover of input/output terminals.
Ce
cable • Connect output cables, input cables and the
battery cables, also the parallel cables if need.
&
ng
• Install UPS input, output terminals cover.
n i
a i
Tr
e i
a w
H u
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Preparation Ce
&
i ng
2. Installation
ain
Tr
 General procedure e i
aw
o n
 Connecting power cables t i
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
G Series Rack-Mounted n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
UPS
Hu
n
it o
a
it fic
Battery box
er
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
G Series Tower-Mounted n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
Rubber plug
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e UPS + battery
u a Support base UPS Support base
H
UPS2000-A-(6~10K) Tower-Mounted n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
mm
T r
Mounting brackets(Optional)
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
tfi ic
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
e
aw
Brake
Hu
Pads
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Preparation Ce
&
i ng
2. Installation
ain
Tr
 General procedure e i
aw
o n
 Connecting power cables t i
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Overview n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
UPS2000A/G-（1-3K）Standard Model
ng
UPS2000A/G-（1-3K）Long Backup i
n Time Model
ai
UPS2000A-（6-10K）Standard r
T Version with
Standard Backup Time e
i
aw
Hu
UPS2000A-（6-10K）Standard Version with
Long Backup Time
n
UPS2000series it o
c a
UPS2000A-（6-10K）Professional
i Version with
f
ti Backup Time
r
Standard
e
CUPS2000A-（6-10K）Professional Version with
&
ng
Long Backup Time
n i
a i
Tr UPS2000G-（6-10K）
e i UPS2000G-（15-20K）
aw
Hu
UPS2000-A-(1~3K) Standard Modelation
i f ic
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
it fic
UPS Load
er
C
&
ing
UPS Input in
r a
i T
w e
a
Use 3Kuas example, 1K and 2K are nearly the same
H
UPS2000-A-(1~3K) Long Backup Time n
it o
Model tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu Battery box
n
it o
a
UPS Load
rit fic
C e UPS Load
UPS Inputg &
n in
r ai
i T
w e
a
H
UPS2000-G-(1~3K) Standard Modelation
i f ic
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain UPS Load
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
UPS Input &
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
a
H
UPS2000-G-(1~3K) Long Backup Time n
it o
Model tif
i c a
e r
C
&
g
nin
Battery box
ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
UPS Load C e
&
ing UPS Input
in
r a
i T
w e
a
H
UPS2000-A-(6~10K) Standard Version n
it o
with Standard Backup Time tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
Mains rtific AC
InputCe Load
&
g
in
ain
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS2000-A-(6~10K) Standard Version n
it o
with Long Backup Time tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
Mains C e
& AC
Input
ing Load
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-A-(6~10K) Professional n
it o
Version with Standard Backup Time
tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a Shot-circuit bar
tfi ic
r
Mains Ce AC
&
Input
ing Load
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-A-(6~10K) Professional n
it o
Version with Long Backup Time tifica
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o Shot-circuit
ica
tr if
bar
Mains Ce AC
&
Input ing Load
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-A-(6~10K) Connecting Cables n
it o
to External Battery Boxes tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-A-(6~10K) Connecting Cables n
it o
to External Battery Strings tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-G-6K n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
n g
Mains i AC
a in
r
Input
T Load
e i
a w
Hu
UPS2000-G-10K n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
Mains & AC
g
Input inin Load
T ra
e i
a w
H u
UPS2000-G-(6~10K) Connecting Cables n
it o
to External Battery Boxes tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
UPS Battery Interface Battery box1 Interface Battery box2 Interface
H
UPS2000-G-(15~20K) (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Three-phase Input, Three-phase Output, Single Mains
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-G-(15~20K) (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Three-phase Input, Three-phase Output, Dual Mains
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-G-(15~20K) (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Three-phase Input, Single-phase Output, Dual Mains
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-G-(15~20K) (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Three-phase Input, Single-phase Output, Single Mains
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-G-(15~20K) (5) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Single-phase Input, Single-phase Output, Single Mains
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-G-(15~20K) Connecting n
t io
Cables to External Battery Boxes tifica
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-G-(15~20K) Connecting n
t io
Cables to External Battery Stringstifica
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Preparation Ce
&
i ng
2. Installation
ain
Tr
3. Check After Installation e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Check after Installation n
atio
if i c
r t
 Post-installation check items C e
&
g
NO. Item Expected Result
nin
a i
1 Cable routing r
Cable routing meets engineering requirements.
T
e i cables are tightened to specified torques
2 Cable connections
w correctly, and free of damage.
Input cables, output cables, and battery
using a torque wrench, connected a
3 Cable connections for Cables to USB ports andH
u
network ports are connected correctly and securely.
USB ports and network
n
ports
it o
4 Labels
ica and
Labels are neatly
f
labels is iconcise
attached to both ends of each cable, and the information on the
tr understandable.
Ground cable connection The e
5
C ground cable is securely connected to the equipment room ground bar.
&ground bar, which must be less than 1 ohm.

Measure the resistance between the UPS ground cable and the equipment room
g
n in Distances between cable ties are the same, and no burr exists.
i
6 Distances between cable
ra
ties
7
i T
Operating environment Clean the conductive air and other sundries.
w e
u a
H
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
C same number
1. For UPS2000-G-20K and UPS2000-G-6K, support the e
&
of batteries? i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 C After
This chapter mainly introduces UPS2000 installation.
e
&
completing the content of this chapter, theintrainees should g
ain
understand UPS2000 installation, laying T ra good foundation for
e i
subsequent debugging and troubleshooting. aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
UPS2000 Control Paneling &
in
and Commissioningei Tr a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
This chapter mainly introduces the panel of UPS2000,
e
&
g
parameter setting, power on commissioning
nin and the
ai
acceptance. T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
ng
 Familiar with the panel and parameter setting; i
ain
T r
 Complete UPS2000 series debugging;i
w e
u a
 Complete UPS2000 series acceptance.
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Checking Before Powering On a UPS Ce
&
i ng
2. UPS2000 Control Panel
ain
Tr
3. UPS2000 Commissioning e i
aw
Hu
4. Acceptance
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Checking Before Powering On a UPS n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
 AC power cable colors comply with local electrical regulations.
Ce
&

g
No short circuits occur in inputs and outputs. Cables are securely connected.
nin voltage meets the


ai
Battery cables are correctly connected to battery terminals. The battery
T r
requirements.
e i

a
Cables are properly connected between the UPS and batteries.w

u
Input circuit breakers and load circuit breakers areHOFF.
n
Power cables and signal cables are correctlyoidentified.

it
ic a are neatly routed and securely bound.

ti f
The input phase sequence is correct. Cables
r

Ce routed in ways that facilitate modification, capacity expansion,
Devices are installed and cables are
and maintenance. &
n g

i ni connected. The UPS is properly grounded.
Parallel cables are properly
T
The voltage betweenra the neutral wire and the ground cable is less than 5 V AC.
i

The inputw
e
voltage rang for the mains to start the UPS is 120–280 V AC (or 80–280 V AC after the
a

Hu on). The battery voltage range is (Number of batteries x 10.8)–280 V DC.

UPS powers
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
 UPS2000-A-(1-3K) Control Panel e i
aw
 H
UPS2000-A-(6-10K) Control Panel u
o n
 UPS2000-G-(6-20K) Control i
t Panel
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
3. UPS2000 Commissioning
&
4. Acceptance in g
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS2000-A-(1-3K)Control Panel (1)ation
i f ic
rt
 Ce allows you to
The control panel is on the UPS front panel. The control panel
&
g parameters, and
control and operate the UPS, view the running status, set
nin
view alarms. ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-A-(1-3K)Control Panel (2)ation
i f ic
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-A-(1-3K) Button (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
Button Function
Ce
ON/MUTE &
•Starting the UPS: Hold down ON/MUTE for over 5 seconds to connect the UPS power supply.
ng
•Enabling or disabling the buzzer: Hold down ON/MUTE for 2–5 seconds to enable or disable the
i
in
buzzer. However, when the UPS sends a new alarm, the mute function is unavailable, you need to
disable the buzzer again.
r a
T
•Selecting the previous option: During the setting of UPS parameters, press ON/MUTE for more than 3
i
w e
seconds. Release the button when you hear a beep sound to select the previous option.
•Transferring to battery self-check: In normal mode, ECO mode, or frequency conversion mode, hold
u a
down ON/MUTE for more than 5 seconds to enter the battery self-check test.
OFF/ENTER H
•Shutting down the UPS: Hold down OFF/ENTER for over 2 seconds to turn off the UPS in battery
n
mode. If the UPS is originally in normal mode, hold down this button will enable the UPS to enter the
it o
standby mode or bypass mode (if set or enabled before).
a
it fic
•Confirming setting: During the setting of UPS parameters, press OFF/ENTER for more than 3 seconds
to confirm the setting.
er
•Manually clearing alarms: When an alarm that can be manually cleared exists, hold down OFF/ENTER
C
for over 2 seconds to manually clear the alarm.
SELECT &
ng
•Setting UPS parameters:
i
− When the UPS is in standby mode or bypass mode, hold down SELECT for 5 seconds to start setting
n
i
UPS parameters. Press ON/MUTE or SELECT to switching the parameters. 10 seconds after the button
a
r
is released, the default display returns.
T
e i
− When the UPS is in normal mode or battery mode, hold down SELECT for 5 seconds to start setting
only for 11 UPS buzzer parameters.
a w •Selecting the next option: During the setting of UPS parameters, press SELECT for more than 3
Hu seconds. Release the button when you hear a beep sound to select the next option.
UPS2000-A-(1-3K) Button (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
Button Function
Ce
ON/MUTE+ &
•Transferring to bypass mode: When the input power supply is normal and the UPS is started in
SELECT
ng
normal mode, hold down ON/MUTE and SELECT both for 5 seconds to enable the UPS enter the
i
in
bypass mode. If the input voltage exceeds the acceptable range or the UPS is in frequency conversion
mode, the UPS will not enter the bypass mode.
r a
T
•Bypass mode: When the UPS is in bypass mode, hold down ON/MUTE and SELECT both for 5
i
seconds to enable the UPS enter the invert mode.
w e
•Exiting parameter setting screens: Hold down ON/MUTE and SELECT both for 0.5 seconds to exit
parameter setting screens.
u a
H
•Exiting cause ID screen: Hold down ON/MUTE and SELECT both for 0.5 seconds to exit alarm cause
n
ID screen.
SELECT+O it o
•Entering alarm cause ID screen: Hold down SELECT and OFF/ENTER both for 5 seconds to enter the
a
it fic
FF/ENTER alarm cause ID screen. Press ON/MUTE to view the previous option. Press SELECT to view the next
option.
er
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000-A-(1-3K) Character Display n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
Acronym Display &
Description
ng
i
ENA Enable
ain
DIS T r
Disable
e i
ESC aw Escape
CF Hu Frequency conversion
n
VOT it o Voltage
a
FRE
rit fic Frequency
BVU C e Bypass overvoltage
&
BVL
ing Bypass undervoltage
in
CAP
r a Capacity
DT i T Discharge time
w e
VU u a High voltage
H
UPS2000A-(1-3K) Parameter Setting n
it o (1)
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
it o (2)
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
g
n be set as follows:
The output voltage ican
i n
200: The outputavoltage
r is 200 V AC.
T voltage is 208 V AC.
i
208: The output
220: The e
230: a w output voltage is 220 V AC.
u The output voltage is 230 V AC

H value).
(default
n 240: The output voltage is 240 V AC.
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ng
Enable or disable the frequency conversion mode.
n i 50: The output frequency is always 50 Hz, and the

a i frequency conversion mode is enabled.
Tr 60: The output frequency is always 60 Hz, and the
e i frequency conversion mode is enabled.
a w AUT: The frequency conversion mode is disabled
H u (default value).
it o (3)
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
r
T
i
Enable oredisable the bypass function.
w
ENA:aEnables the bypass mode.
HuDisables the bypass mode (default value).
DIS:
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
& Press ▼ or ▲ to adjust and set the UPS battery
ing capacity.
in
r a 18–999: Set the UPS battery capacity in the
i T range of 18 Ah to 999 Ah. (The default
w e value for standard model is 9 Ah and not
u a configurable. The default value for long

backup time model is 18 Ah.)
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
 UPS2000A-(1-3K) Control Panel e i
aw
 H
UPS2000A-(6-10K) Control Panel u
o n
 UPS2000G-(6-20K) Control i
t Panel
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
4. Acceptance in g
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS2000A-(6-10K) Control Panel n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
1. Mains indicator
r a 2. Battery indicator 3. Bypass indicator 4. Fault indicator
i T
e
5. Enter/Startup/Battery
w
6. Down button 7. Up button 8. Shutdown/Back button
Self-Check a/Mute button
H u
UPS2000A-(6-10K) Indicators n
atio
if i c
r t
Indicator Color Status
Ce
Meaning
Mains indicator Green ON The UPS is in&normal mode.
ng
i
n is not in normal mode.
OFF The UPS i
aUPS is in battery mode.
Battery indicator Yellow ON T
The r
i
eThe UPS is not in battery mode.
OFF
aw
BLINKING H u The remaining battery capacity is
n less than 25%.
t io
Bypass indicator Yellow
a
ON The UPS is in bypass mode.
r tificOFF The UPS is not in bypass mode.

Fault indicator Red Ce ON The UPS generates an critical alarm.
&
ng
BLINKING The UPS generates an minor alarm.
n i
a i OFF The UPS is running properly.
Tr
e i
a w
H u
UPS2000A-(6-10K) Functional Buttons n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
Button Function Description
&
•On the default screen, press ESC for more than 5 seconds. Release the button
g
Shutdown/ when you hear a beep sound. The inverter shuts down.
n in
•On any other screen, press ESC to return toaithe upper-level menu (the default
ESC Back
T r menu screen).
i
screen is the upper-level screen for the main
e
▲ UP
aw
Press ▲ or ▼ to scroll upward or downward. You can set a value by using
Hu
the list or step increase or decrease.
▼ DOWN
•On the default screen o innbypass mode, hold down
t i for more than 5
seconds. Release the
c a button when you hear a beep sound. The UPS starts.
fi press . The main menu is displayed. On any menu
•On the defaulttiscreen,
Enter/Start r
screen, presse . The lower-level menu is displayed. If the menu is the last
up/Battery C
Self- &
level, an information screen is displayed.
•Ongthe default screen in normal mode, hold down for more than 5 seconds.
Check/Mut
in
e inRelease the button when you hear a beep sound. The battery test starts.
a •When the buzzer buzzes, hold down
T r
i for 2–5 seconds. The buzzer is
we
muted when you release the button.
u a
H
UPS2000A-(6-10K)LCD Menus n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000A-(6-10K) Character Display n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Acronym and Actual Display Ce
Meaning
Abbreviation &
g
INV ON in UPS
Startsinthe
r a
INV OFF i T down the UPS
Shuts
w e
ALR CLR
u a Clears ADMC alarms
DEF RST H Restores default settings
n
VOT it o Output voltage level
a
FRE
rit fic Output frequency system
BVU C e Maximum bypass voltage
&
BVL
ing Minimum bypass voltage
in
NO
r a Number of batteries
i T
CAP
w e Total battery capacity
CL u a Charge current Limit
H
it o (1)
a ic
i f
rt
 Starts the inverter manually. Ce
&
i ng
 Shuts down the inverter manually.
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
it o (2)
a ic
i f
rt
 Output voltage level. Ce
&
i ng
 Output frequency system.
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
it o (3)
a ic
i f
rt
 Number of batteries. Ce
&
i ng
 Total battery capacity.
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
 UPS2000A-(1-3K) Control Panel e i
aw
 H
UPS2000A-(6-10K) Control Panel u
o n
 UPS2000G-(6-20K) Control i
t Panel
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
4. Acceptance in g
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS2000G-(6-20K) Control Panel n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
1. Shutdown/Back 2. Up button
rit fic 3. Down Button 4. Startup/Enter/Battery
button
C e Self-Check/Mute button
5. Mains indicator
&
6. Battery indicator 7. Bypass indicator 8. Fault indicator/INFO button
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000G-(6-20K) Indicators n
atio
if i c
t
Indicator Color Status er
Meaning
C
Mains indicators Green ON The UPS is in &
normal mode.
ng
i
nis not in normal mode.
OFF i
The UPS
Battery indicators Yellow ON ra is in battery mode.
TheTUPS
e i
OFF w The UPS is not in battery mode.
BLINKINGH ua The remaining battery capacity is less
o n than 25%.
ONti
Bypass indicators Yellow
a The UPS is in bypass mode.
tfi icOFF The UPS is in bypass mode.
r
Ce
Fault indicator/INFO Red
& ON The UPS is faulty.
button g
nRed
n i BLINKING The UPS generates an alarm.
a i
Tr Green ON The UPS is running properly.
e i
a w
H u
UPS2000G-(6-20K) Functional Buttons n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
e
C
Button Meaning Description
•On the default screen, press ESC for more than 5 seconds.
Shutdown/B when you hear a beep sound. The inverter shuts down.g
& Release the button
n in menu (the default

i screen).
ESC ack
a
•On any other screen, press ESC to return to the upper-level
T
screen is the upper-level screen for the main menur
▲ Press ▲ or ▼ to scroll upward or downward. e i You can set a value by using the list
w
UP
or step increase or decrease.
a
Hu
▼ DOWN
•On the default screen in n

o
bypass mode, hold down for more than 5 seconds.
Release the button when
t i you hear a beep sound. The UPS starts.
ic a press The main menu is displayed.
Enter/Startu f
tiscreen, press The lower-level menu is displayed. If the menu
•On the default screen,
p/Battery •On any menu
e r
Self- C
is the last level, an information screen is displayed.
•On &
Check/Mute
g the default screen in normal mode, hold down for more than 5 seconds.
nRelease the button when you hear a beep sound. The battery test starts.
i
a in •When the buzzer buzzes, hold down for 2–5 seconds. The buzzer is muted
T r when you release the button.
e i
i wFault •When an alarm is generated, press i to view the active alarm information.
a indicator/IN •When no alarm is generated, press i to return to the default screen.
Hu FO button
UPS2000G-(6-20K) LCD Startup Screens n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
（1）Normal mode (The solid line indicates it o （2）Input voltage and frequency
a
it fic
normal mode. The dotted line indicates non-
normal mode.)
er
（3）Load power C （4）Output voltage, current, and frequency
&
g
（5）Bypass mode (The solid
n in line indicates （6）Battery voltage and capacity displayed
a i
bypass mode.) T r
bypass mode. The dotted line indicates non- during charge; Battery discharge time and capacity
displayed during discharge.
e i
（7）Batterywmode (The solid line indicates battery in charge or discharge mode. The dotted line
indicates u
a
H non-battery mode.)
UPS2000G-(6-20K) Menu Hierarchyation
i f ic
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS2000G-(6-20K) Parameter Setting n
it o (1)
a ic
i f
rt
Mains Input Screen:
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
Battery Status Screen: a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
it o (2)
a ic
i f
rt
Active Alarms Screen:
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
Historical Alarms Screen: a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
it o (3)
a ic
i f
rt
Settings Screen:
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
it o (4)
a ic
i f
rt
Battery Parameters Screen:
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
Output parameters Screen: a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
4. Acceptance
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Commissioning Procedure n
atio
if i c
r t
 Starting /Shutting down the UPS: C e
Shut down the loads.
&
Check the UPS
i ng
in
before powering
a
on it.
r
iT
Perform shutdown operations.
Switch on the upstream AC

Is the UPS started e
Switch on the external
w
ua
input circuit breakers of the battery circuit breaker or
UPS and UPS front panel. using the mains or connect the battery cable.
batteries?
H Switch off the UPS upstream AC
n
it o
Perform initialization Perform initialization input circuit breakers.
settings. settings.
a
Perform startup
r it fic
operations.
C e Switch off the AC input and output

circuit breakers on the rear panel
& of the UPS.
ng
Ensure that the
UPS generates
n i output properly.
a i
r
iT
Switch on the
output circuit
Switch off the external battery
e
breaker. circuit breakers or disconnect the
battery cable (applicable only to
a w the UPS with long backup time).
Hu
Start the loads.
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
4. Acceptance
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Acceptance Before Power-On n
atio
if i c
r t
Objective
C e
To verify that the UPS is ready for power-on.
&
n g
Prerequisites
ni
The UPS is installed properly. All input power cables and output
ai power cables are connected.
r
AcceptanceTRequirements
No. Check Item
e i
Connections of input All input power cables and output power
aw cables are correctly connected, the cables
01 power cables and
output power cables need be tagged accord with the
H utag of UPS
Battery terminal Batteries are connected n

it o
02 correctly.
connection
The positive terminal
ic a (+) of the UPS connects to the positive terminal (+) of the battery
Connection between string; the negative
t i f terminal (–) of the UPS connects to the negative terminal (–) of the
03 the UPS and battery
strings battery
e r terminal(–). need be tagged for distinguishing the positive terminal(+) or
string, the cables
C
the negative
The& live wire and neutral wire of the input power cable are not short circuited. The live
04 Short circuits
g
in
wire and neutral wire of the output power cable are not short circuited.
Circuit breaker i n
05
r
capacity and statusa Circuit breakers status: Make sure all circuit breakers have been switched off.
T
i status Before
06 e
Input voltage
w
closing the front-end AC input circuit breaker, use a multimeter to check that the
input voltage is 120V-280 V AC during power-on .
a
Hu
07 UPS grounding Ground cables are installed properly, and the ground impendence meets requirements.
Acceptance of Functions and n
tio
Performance of a Single UPS t if i c a
Objective e r
C
To verify that the functions and performances of a UPS2000-G are consistent with those
&
ng
specified in the purchase order.
i
in
Prerequisites
The UPS is started up.
r a
No. Check Item
i T
Acceptance Requirements
w e
01 Output voltage precision
a
The output voltage tolerance ratio is less than than 2%.
u
02 UPS status after the mains is H
The UPS transfers to battery mode, and an alarm is generated.
n
disconnected
UPS status after the mains is io
t to normal mode, and the alarm is cleared.
03 connected a
The UPS transfers
ic voltage is include in the Lower and Upper voltage threshold , the
i f
t transfers to bypass mode. If the bypass voltage is excluded from the Lower
If
r
the bypass
Ceand Upper voltage threshold , the UPS has no output.

UPS status after the inverter UPS
04 is shut down
& In non-ECO mode, the UPS transfers to normal mode.

UPS status after thein
g
05
i n inverter IntheECO mode, the UPS remains in bypass mode, and the mains indicator and
is started
r a bypass indicator are on at the same time.
i T
EPOw
e The EPO is enabled, the UPS has no output. The EPO is forbidden，the UPS
transfers to bypass mode (If the bypass voltage is included in the Lower and
ua
06 Upper voltage threshold)or has no output(If the bypass voltage is exclude from
H the Lower and Upper voltage threshold).
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
1. In delivery acceptance, which items require checkingCbefore power- e
&
on? i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 Checking Before Powering On a UPS Ce
&
i ng
 UPS2000 Control Panel
ain
Tr
 UPS2000 Commissioning e i
aw
Hu
 Acceptance
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
UPS2000 Maintenance in
g
&
i n
and Troubleshooting
ei
T r a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 This chapter mainly introduces the maintenance Cof UPS2000
e
&
and the common fault handling. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
Record onsite faults. i ng

ain
Tr
 Identify fault types. e i
aw
 Rectify common faults. Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Routine Maintenance Ce
&
ng
 Objective and Principle for Maintenance i
ain
T r
 UPS Maintenance Key Point
e i
aw
 Battery Maintenance Key Point
Hu
o n
2. Troubleshooting t i
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Precautions n
atio
if i c
r t
 C watches, and
Before operating the UPS, take off metal articles, such as rings, e
&
necklaces. g
n in
airibbon, take off your card
 Note: If there are metal parts on your employee card
T r
ribbon before maintenance. e i
aw
 Before touching an electrical conductor, Hucheck that the conductor does not
carry a current by using a multimeter. n
it o
ic a power inputs such as batteries, mains, and
 Before maintenance, disconnect
ti f
r
e off electrical switches. Wait about 5 minutes for
bypass from the UPS, orCturn
electrical discharge.g
&
n
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objective for Maintenance n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
Rectifying UPS faults and
i ng
ensuring secure running.
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
Ensuring the UPS Maximizing the
n
it o
electrical performance efficiency and utilization
and extending the
a of the UPS.
service life.
r it fic
C e Objective
&
g
n for the UPS ensures optimal operation and a
 Proper maintenance
i ni
longer serviceT ra life.
e i
a w
Hu
Principle for Maintenance n
atio
if i c
r t
Checking the
exterior before C e
Asking before the interior &
ng
action Checking mechanical
iconnections before
ain cable connections
Tr
e i
w
Checking
a
Checking peripheral circuits
statically before
dynamically
Hu before determining internal
faults
n
it o
ica
Cleaning before Rectifying faults
tr if
maintenance before commissioning
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a Priority principle for maintenance
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
o n
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Routine maintenance (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Routine maintenance Ce
&
 UPS2000-G maintenance
i ng
ain
 Vulnerable component maintenance
Tr
e i
 Environmental check
aw
 UPS2000-G maintenance H u
n

tioon the UPS2000-G display panel to check
View the buzzer and the indicator
a
ific
whether an alarm is generated.
r t

Ce
Check whether the UPS2000-G is working in normal mode.
&
Check the active g alarm and historical alarms of the UPS2000-G.
in

i n

r a
Vulnerable component maintenance
i T
Checkethe rotation of the fan in the UPS2000-G periodically. Check whether air

a w
u out from the top of the UPS2000-G, especially for high temperature areas.
Hflows
Routine maintenance (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Environmental check C e
&

ngworks properly and
Check whether the air conditioner in the equipment room
i
i n
whether the ambient temperature in the equipmentaroom is high. If the ambient
T r
temperature exceeds 40°C, take measures to lower
e i the temperature.
a w
 Check whether the equipment room is damp.
H u If the humidity is greater than 90%
RH or you feel that the equipment room is damp, start a dehumidifier.
o n
t i
Check dust and smell inside theaequipment room. Eliminate the factors that

ic
influence the secure runningtr if of the UPS2000-G.
C e
 Check whether the AC & input voltage or frequency is beyond the normal input
voltage or frequencying range of the UPS2000-G.
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Weekly Maintenance n
atio
if i c
r t
 Weekly maintenance C e
&
g
 Measure and record the input voltage and current.
nin
ai
Measure and record the battery voltage andTcurrent. r

e i
Measure and record the output voltage awand phase currents, and compare

H u
them with previous values.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Yearly maintenance n
atio
if i c
r t
 Yearly maintenance C e
&
g mode to power
Power off the UPS2000-G, and transfer to maintenance nbypass
ni

i
loads.
Tra
 ei circuit breaker of the UPS2000-G.
Open the mains input circuit breaker and battery
w
a

Hu
Check that the input terminal, battery connection and output terminals, and bypass
input terminal have no voltage. n
it o
Clean up the foreign matter by ic ausing a vacuum cleaner, and blow away external
f
rti

scraps with low pressureeair.

C
Reconnect the mains &input to the UPS2000-G. Start the UPS2000-G in startup
g

in
i n the working mode to normal mode or battery mode to power
sequence. Transfer
loads. Tr
a
e i

a w
If necessary, open main input circuit breaker , and check the battery backup time.
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
o n
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Battery Maintenance (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Battery discharge test C e
&
g
 Ensure that loads work properly when you perform
nin the battery
a i
discharge test. T r
e i
aw
 Before you perform the battery discharge
H u test, ensure that the
batteries are fully charged, and n the battery loading capacity is
it o
greater than or equal to ic a of the nominal capacity of the
30%
ti f
r
UPS2000-G. Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 Battery discharge test C e
&
g
 Automatic test
n in
ai test for 8 seconds daily by default.
 The UPS2000-G automatically performs a battery discharge
T r
i
You can also start the UPS2000-G to perform theebattery discharge test on the panel.
w

a
Hu
 Manual test
Observe whether the batteries are free
o n from leakage and bulges.
ti

Check whether the float voltageaof each battery is around 13.5 V.


i f ic
Start the battery dischargerttest on the panel.

C e

& breaker to discharge batteries.
Open rectifier circuit
ing

i n
Record the voltage-discharge time curve, measure and record the voltage of each battery,
ra the battery health condition.

and estimate
T
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Troubleshooting
ain
Tr
 Troubleshooting Process e i
aw
 Alarms View and Collection H u
o n
 Common Alarms and Handling t i
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
 Case Analysis
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
Troubleshooting Flowchart atio
if i c
r t
A device reports faults
C e
&
ng
Record faults
i
Record environments
ain
Tr
Locate and rectify faults e i
aw
External faults H u Internal faults
n
it o Components are damaged
a
it fic
and cables are loose.
er
Locate and rectify faults Locate the faulty module
C
& Replace the faulty module
ing
in
r a N
iT
Does the
w e UPS recover
Y
a
Hu Start the UPS
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Troubleshooting
ain
Tr
aw
o n
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
 Case Analysis
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Alarm View (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
（1）Mains indicator e
（2）Battery indicator
C
（3）Bypass indicator &
（4）Fault indicator/INFO
（5）Startup/Enter/Battery in
g
button
Self-Check/Mute button in （6）Down button

r a
（7）Up button
i T （8）Shutdown/Back button
w e
u a
Indicator Color Status
H Meaning
Mains indicators Green ON
o n The UPS is in normal mode.
OFF ti
ic a The UPS is not in normal mode.
Battery indicators Yellow
rit fON The UPS is in battery mode.
C e OFF The UPS is not in battery mode.
& BLINKING The remaining battery capacity is less than 25%.
Bypass indicators
ing
Yellow ON The UPS is in bypass mode.
in
r a OFF The UPS is in bypass mode.
i T
e
Fault indicator/INFO Red ON The UPS is faulty.
button
a w Red BLINKING The UPS generates an alarm.
H u Green ON The UPS is running properly.
Alarm View (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C such as the
The Active Alarms screen displays the active alarm information, e
&
alarm serial number, severity, ID, and name.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
o n
i
t the historical alarm information, such as
 The Historical Alarms screen displays
ic a
t i f
er
the alarm serial number, severity, ID, and name.
C
&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Clear Alarms Screen n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Troubleshooting
ain
Tr
aw
o n
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
 Case Analysis
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Common Alarms and Handling (1) ation
i f ic
rt
Ce
Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Alarm Impact on the Repair Proposal
(Alarm ID- Level Clear System
&
Alarm Cause) Mode
ng
i
0001-01 Abnormal mains Minor
in
Automatic The UPS transfers to
a
Possible causes:
mode. Tr
volt. clear battery The mains voltage
0001-02 Minor
i is
If noebattery
exceeds 280 V.
The mains voltage is
0001-03 Minor
a w
equipped, the less than 80 V.
H u UPS shuts down. The mains frequency is

not in the range of 40
n Hz to 70 Hz.
it o Measures:
a
it fic
Check whether the mains
input voltage is less than
er 272 V. If not, wait until the
C mains recovers.
& Check whether the mains
ng
input voltage is greater than
n i 88 V. If not, wait until the
a i mains recovers.
Tr Check the mains input
e i frequency. If the mains
a w input frequency is abnormal,

wait until the mains input
H u recovers.
i f ic
rt
Ce
Alarm ID Alarm Name Alarm Alarm Impact on the Repair Proposal
(Alarm ID- Level Clear System
&
Alarm Cause) Mode
ng
i
0005-01 Mains neutral Minor
in
Automatic The UPS transfers to
a
Possible cause: The mains
Loss clear
r is
battery mode.
T
input neutral wire is not
e i the UPS
If no battery
equipped,
connected.
Measure: Check that mains
a w
shuts down. input power cables are
u The UPS changes the
H working mode or
correctly connected.
o n shuts down.
0007-01 Batt. trans. Minor tiManual
a clear/Po
The UPS does not Possible cause: The mains
it fic
overlimit transfer back voltage fluctuates
er wer-off
Clear/Aut
to normal mode even
when the mains is
frequently. The UPS has
transferred from normal
C omatic normal. mode to battery mode
& Clear within 2 minutes for 10
ing consecutive times. The
in rectifier locks out in battery
r a mode.
i T Measure: Check the mains.
w e
u a
H
i f ic
rt
Alarm ID Alarm Alarm Alarm Impact on Ce
Repair Proposal
(Alarm ID- Name Level Clear the System &
ng
Alarm Cause) Mode
ni
0025-01 Batt. Minor Automati An alarm is
a i causes:
Possible
overvolt. c clear generated, and
T r The configured number
e
the battery i of batteries is less than the actual
aw
lifespan is number.
H u
affected. The battery string charge voltage
exceeds the upper threshold.
Measures:
n
it o
Check battery parameter settings.
a Disconnected the external battery
it fic
charger, check whether the alarm is
er cleared. If not, contact Huawei technical

support for repair.
C
0026-01 Batt.
&
Minor Automati An alarm is Possible cause: The mains
ng
undervo c clear generated, and input is abnormal. Battery discharge
l
n i the system may results in a low battery voltage.
a i shut down due Measure: If possible, connect to the
Tr to EOD. mains power when the UPS is in
e i non-battery test state.
a w
H u
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Troubleshooting
ain
Tr
aw
o n
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
 Case Analysis
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 1 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Problem description C e
&
g
 In September 2016, the UPS of XX project connected
nin in three-
ai
input single-output, single mains. First itime r
T power-on, the UPS
w e
generated loud noise and smoke, and
u a the UPS input circuit breaker
tripped.
H
n
it o
Alarm information ic a

ti f
r
 None Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 1 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Handling process C e
&
g
Check input and output power distribution cables.inNo short circuit was
in

found. r a
i T
Check the UPS. An internal short circuit
e
woccurred, and the circuit board

a
burned out. Hu
o n
Check the UPS connection. aThe i
t bypass input cable was connected
c

i f i
incorrect. r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 1 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
g
The output and bypass input must be same mode.inIn this case, three-
in

a
phase bypass input and single-phase output. rAs a result, an internal short
i T
circuit occurred when the UPS was powered w e on.
u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 1 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&
g
 Replace a new UPS and connect the power cables
nin according to
ai
the user manual strictly. T r
e i
aw
 Suggestion and conclusion
H u
 Engineers must follow the iguide o n when connecting cables of UPS;
a t
i f icbe damaged. Huawei is not responsible
otherwise, the UPS may
r t
Ce
for repairing or replacing UPS damaged due to this reason.
&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng During installation,
In a project, a UPS2000-G-20kVA configured with 40 batteries.
i
i n
the engineer first connected 40 batteries in series, and
r a then connected the battery
i T the negative wire, the
group to the UPS. Unfortunately when he connected
w e
negative wire contact with UPS shell. As a a result, a short circuit occurred, the UPS
H u
burned out, and the operator got injured.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
 Alarm information
Ce
&
 None
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 Check connections. The positive cable and N cable
ninwere already
ai
connected to the UPS, and no short circuit occurred
T r between cables.
e i
 Check the circuit breaker. Only a one-pole aw circuit breaker was deployed
on the positive cable between the battery Hu group and the UPS.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ng The mains N wire and
The PE wire and N wire were connected at the transformer.
i
i n
battery N wire were connected in the UPS. Therefore,
r a the battery N wire was also
i T breaker was deployed between
connected to the UPS enclosure. Because no circuit
w e
the negative wire and the UPS, a short circuit
u a occurred when the negative wire was
in contact with the UPS shell. H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&
g
Replace the 1P circuit breaker with 3P circuit breaker
nin and also replace the
ai
UPS, connect the power cables again.
T r
e i
 Suggestion and conclusion a w
Hu
UPS are high-risk materials, andnUPS configuration must be performed
t io
based on strict standards and
ic a specifications.
t i f
Inappropriate selection erof battery circuit breakers causes severe safety
C

accidents. The circuit& breaker type, capacity, and DC applicability must be

n g
n
determined ibasedi on project requirements.
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
32 batteries were configured for the UPS in a project,

nin including 16
ai
batteries in the positive string and 16 batteries
T r in the negative string.
After the UPS worked for one year, the w ei
customer reported the batteries
u a
supplied power only for one minute. H
o n
Handling process t i

ic a
i f
t description, focus on checking whether the
According to the customer’s

er
C
batteries were faulty. &
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 Check the battery voltage. The voltage of the positive
nin battery string was
ai
176 V, and that of the negative battery stringr was 227 V.
i T
Check the batteries. Some batteries underwent w e acid and electrolyte

a
leakage. Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
Battery voltage
r Electrolyte leakage
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ngbe connected between
When 32 batteries were configured, the neutral line must
i
i n
the 16th battery and the 17th battery. The neutral line
r a in this project was
i T battery.
connected between the 14th battery and the 15th
w e
The UPS had operated for over one year, uthe a positive battery string underwent
H

long-term over-charge, and the negative battery string underwent long-term

o n
i
t strings were damaged.
undervoltage. As a result, the battery
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution Ce
&
Replace the battery group. i ng
in

r a
 Suggestion and conclusion i T
w e

ua in equipment rooms. Installation
UPS and batteries are high-risk materials
H
and setting mistakes may causeninsufficient backup time and even fires.
t io
Therefore, engineering musta be performed strictly based on the user
i f ic
manual. r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
C
1. Talk about some common faults ,how to deal with them? e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 Objective and Principle for Maintenance Ce
&
i ng
 UPS Maintenance Key Point
ain
Tr
 Battery Maintenance Key Point e i
aw
H u
 Troubleshooting Process
n
it o

ica
Alarms View and Collection
tr if
 Common Alarms and CeHandling
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
UPS5000 Series Product in
g
&
i n
Introduction ei
T r a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
This chapter describes Huawei UPS5000 series highlight,
e
&
working modes, technical specifications andincommon g
ain
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
g
 UPS5000 series features and highlights;
nin
ai
T r
 UPS5000 series working modes, appearance
e i and technical
aw
Hu
specifications.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
1. UPS5000 Series Introduction
&
i ng
2. Highlights ain
Tr
e i
3. Appearance aw
H u
4. Main Components n
it o
ic a
f
5. Difference betweenrtiUPS5000-E and UPS5000-S
Ce
6. Technical Specifications &
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Overview n
atio
if i c
r t
 The UPS5000, together with the mains, AC transfer switch C
(ATS), and e
&
g equipment room, as
batteries, constitutes a power supply solution for a large
nin
shown in the following figure. ai
Tr
e i
aw Monitoring
Mains H u system
AC
n
it o
Array/disk
a
rit fic PDU
C e Server
&
ing
DG in
r a
i T
w e Boss
system
u a Battery
H
Naming Rule - UPS5000-A n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
H u
No. Meaning
o n Description
i
t Uninterruptible
① a
ific5000
Product category UPS: Power System
② Product family
r t
Ce
③ Product series A: A series
④ Output capacity & 300K: 300kVA
ing 500K: 500kVA

in ST, SC: Standard configuration
⑤ r a
Configuration type
i T FT, FC: Full configuration
e
wOthers
TT: Tower-mounted
⑥
u a T: top cable routing
L: external large-capacity battery pack
H
Naming Rule - UPS5000-E(25kW) n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
ica
No. Meaning Description
① Product category
tr if UPS: Uninterruptible Power System
Ce
② Product family 5000
③ Product series E: E series
&
Output n g 75K: 75kVA
④
i capacity
a in 125K: 125kVA
⑤⑥ T r
Configuration type
B, F: battery inside the rack，full configuration
e i F, M: full configuration，modularize
a w
Hu
Naming Rule - UPS5000-E(50kW) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
NO. Meaning u
H Description
① Product category
n
UPS: Uninterruptible Power System
② Product family it o
5000
E:aE Series; S: S Series；
fi ic
③ Product series
r t
Ce
④ Output capacity 400K: 400kVA
& SM: Standard configuration

ng
⑤ Configuration type
n i FM: Full configuration
a i
Tr
e i
a w
H u
Naming Rule - UPS5000-S n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
No. Meaning
Hu Description
① Product category n
UPS: Uninterruptible Power System
② Product family 5000 it o
a
it fic
③ Product series E: E Series; S: S Series;
④ Output capacity er 300K: 300kVA

C
&
ng
SM: Standard configuration
⑤ Configuration type
n i FM: Full configuration
r ai Routed from the top (only the UPS5000-E-320K-SMT model
⑥
i T
Cable routing
contains "T")
w e
a
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
2. Highlights ain
Tr
e i
3. Appearance aw
H u
it o
ic a
f
Ce
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Test Reliability n
atio
if i c
r t
Capacitor Component All-product Load C e
Temperature Impact Pressure Test &
Aging Factory Test
ng
Service Life 180D High
Sampling Test
Estimation
i
in
Temperature
r a Running Test
Thermal
i T
Simulation Lab
w e
u a
H Humid dust
ncases, 21
1400+test
io
-item Test and 700
a t
reliability test Temperature
ic
EMC Impact Tests
Lab
if
tr High-temperature
Ce Salt mist Test Site
&
ing
in
r a
iT
Poor Environment 1-
w e Lightning
year Faultless Test
a Environment Test Site
Hu Lab
High Efficiency n
atio
if i c
r t
 Parallel configurations. The system load rate is 20%-30%. The efficiency
Ce of old UPS in
the existing network is less than 85%; &
g
nin than the UPS in the
 Huawei UPS has an efficiency of 96% at 40% load, 10% higher
ai
existing network; T r
e i
 Huawei UPS has an efficiency of 95% at 20% load,
aw 13% higher.
Hu
100.00%
o n
t i
a
95.00%
UPS
90.00%
i f ic 10% efficiency UPS in the
typical
t
difference
r
existing network
85.00%
running 80.00%
C e 13% efficiency
difference
Efficiency
area 75.00%
70.00% g
&
n
i ni
65.00%
T ra60.00%
e i 55.00%
a w 50.00%
H u 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Intelligent n
atio
if i c
r t

C e
Adjustable number of batteries: After a faulty battery removed, the other batteries still work
properly; &
Multiple optional monitoring cards: One network cable can perform iUPS
g
n networking management.

i n
A dry contact card is also installed in the UPS; r a
i T
 Integrated monitoring platform NetEco 1000U;
w e
 7-inch LCD colorful touchscreen: The screen supports u a
graphical display and11 languages;
H
Bypass takeover function: If two ECMs are both faulty, the bypass takes over the system.
n

it o
ic a
ti f
r
× Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
H u Battery reuse supported 7-inch LCD
Design Reliability n
a tio
if i c
r t
 Modular redundancy backup design, no single-point fault;
C separate
Huawei e
&
control + centralized
 Separate control + centralized scheduling The DSP in the
ng
power module is responsible for control, and the ECM is ni scheduling
i
r a
responsible for scheduling and function decoupling, which
i T CAN
reduces the logic complexity; w e ECM1 ECM2 Bus 2
a
 Wide input voltage and frequency ranges The Huinput voltage CAN
Bus 1
n
range is 138 V to 485 V and the inputofrequency range is
it Power unit
40 Hz to 70 Hz, which is suitable for
ic a poor power grids and (dual-DSP control)
extends the battery lifespan; rti
f
C e …
 6 kV surge protection and & 5 kA lightning protection design
(optional); ing Power unit
a in (dual-DSP control)
Strong fan faultr tolerance capability If a single fan is faulty,

i T
50% load e is supported. If two fans are faulty, 30% load is
a w Bypass unit
u
supported.
H
Easy to Use n
atio
if i c
r t

C The expansion
Module capacity expansion and investment with growth. e
&
is stable, with no power failure risks; g
nin
High power density design, saving more thana50%. i Footprint. The 300

T r
kVA UPS occupies 0.51 m2 and weighs 370 kg; e i
aw
 The output power factor is close 1, supporting
H u 11% more load than
traditional UPS; n
it o
Front maintenance: The UPSicsupports a hot swap, which facilities
f

r ti front door is opened, installation and

maintenance. If only the UPS
C e
&
maintenance can be performed.
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Easy Expansion and Maintenance n
atio
if i c
r t reduced the
25/50 kVA single module, expanded to 800 C e
Easy to maintain,
mean time to repair
&
g
nin
 Hot-swappable, easy maintenance, installed
ai
Hot-swappable
against the wall. T r
e icomponents
 Capacity expansion on demand, excessive
aw Power module
Hu

investment not required in the early of
Bypass module
n

construction.
t io ECM
Modular, smooth expansion, no power a failure 
c

f i
risks. tr i  Dry contact card
Ce  Extended dry contact

&
n g card
i ni Backfeed protection
ra

i T card
e Replace faulty
aw
 Monitoring card
modules quickly
Powerumodule UPS5000-E-800 kVA
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
2. Highlights ain
Tr
e i
3. Appearance aw
Hu
 5000-A Series n
it o
a
 5000-E(S) Series
r it fic
C e
4. Main Components &
ing
5. Difference a inbetween UPS5000-E and UPS5000-S
T r
e i
a w
6. Technical Specifications
H u
UPS5000-A-(30-40)K (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
g
Tower-Mounted Rack-Mountednin
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-A-(30-40)K (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS5000-A-(30~40)K
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-A-(60/80/120)K (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
g
Tower-Mounted Rack-Mounted
nin
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-A-(60/80/120)K (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS5000- A-(60/80/120)K
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-A-(300~500K) (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS5000- A-400K-S
Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
1.Power imodule
e
aw module
2.Control
u
H panel
3.Filler
n
it o 4.Power distribution subrack cover
a
rit fic 5.Maintenance bypass switch
C e 6.Bypass module
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-A-(300~500K) (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS5000- A-400K-F
C e
&
ng
ni
1.Power module
ai
2.Controli T
r
module
w e
a
3.Filler panel
Hu input switch
4.Mains
n
it o 5.Output switch
a
rit fic 6.Power distribution subrack cover
C e 7.Maintenance bypass switch

& 8.Bypass input switch
ing
n
ai
9.Bypass module
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS5000-A-600K (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS5000-A-600K-F600-SC
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
1.Power module
n
it o 2.Control module
a

& 5.Bypass module
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-A-600K (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS5000- A-600K-F600-FC
C e
&
g
nin
ai
r
T
1.Power module
i
e 2.Control module
aw
Hu 3.Mains input switch
n 4.Output switch
it o
a 5.Power distribution subrack
tfi ic cover
r
Ce 6.Maintenance bypass
&
ng
switch
n i
ai
7.Bypass input switch
T r
e i 8.Bypass module
a w
Hu
UPS5000-A-800K (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS5000-A-800K-F800-SC
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw 1.Power module
Hu
2.Control module
n
it o 3.Maintenance bypass switch
a
rit fic 4.Power distribution subrack
C e cover
& 5.Bypass module
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-A-800K (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
UPS5000-A-800K-F800-FC
C e
&
g
nin
a i
r1.Power module
T
i
e 2.Control module
aw
Hu 3.Maintenance bypass
n switch
it o
a 4.Power distribution subrack
tfi ic cover
r
Ce 5.Bypass module
&
ng
6.Mains input switch
n i
a i 7.Output switch
Tr
e i 8.Bypass input switch
a w
H u
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
2. Highlights ain
Tr
e i
3. Appearance aw
Hu
 5000-A Series n
it o
a
 5000-E(S) Series
r it fic
C e
4. Main Components &
ing
5. Difference a inbetween UPS5000-E and UPS5000-S
T r
e i
a w
H u
UPS5000-E-(25~75K)-BF n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
1.Cabinet i ng
ain
r
2.Power module
T
3.Bypasseimodule
aw module
u
4.Control
H
5.Battery
n
it o 6.SPD
ica
tr if 7.Input switch
Ce 8.Maintenance bypass switch
&
ng
9.Filler panel
n i
ai
10.MDU
T r 11.Folder
e i
a w 12.Battery switch
Hu
UPS5000-E-(25~125K)-FM n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
1.Cabinet
n g
2.Filler panel ini
r a
i
3.Mains inputT switch
w
4.Bypass einput switch
u a
H
5.SPD(optional)
n 6.Monitoring expansion subrack
it o
a
fi ic
7.Control module
r t 8.Bypass module
Ce 9.Power module
&
ing 10.MDU
in
r a 11.Output switch
i T 12.Maintenance bypass switch
w e
u a 13.Floder
H
UPS5000-E-200K-SM n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
g
nin
1.Power module ai
T r
2.Bypass
e i module
aw module
3.Control
H u
4.Power distribution subrack
n
it o cover
a
rit fic 5.Filler panel
C e 6.Monitor display module

& 7.Maintenance bypass
ing
in switch
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-E-200K-FM n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
g
in subrack cover
1.Power distribution
n
ai switch
2.Bypass input
T r
e i
3.Maintenance bypass switch
w
a input switch
u
4.Mains
H
n 5.Output switch
it o
a 6.Control module
tfi ic
r 7.Bypass module
Ce 8.Power module
&
ing 9.Monitor display module
in
r a 10.Fill panel
e iT
a w
Hu
UPS5000-E-300K-SM n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
1.Power imodule
e
aw module
2.Bypass
u
H
3.Control module
n
it o 4.Power distribution subrack cover
a
rit fic 5.Monitor display module
C e 6.Filler panel
& 7.Maintenance bypass switch
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-E-300K-SMT n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
1.Power idistribution subrack cover
e
uaw
2.Maintenance bypass switch
H
3.Control module
n
it o 4.Bypass module
a
rit fic 5.Power module
C e 6.Monitor display module

& 7.Fill panel
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-E-500K-SM n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
i
1.Powere module
aw
Hu
2.Control module
n 3.Filler panel
it o
a 4.Power distribution subrack cover
tfi ic
r 5.Maintenance bypass switch
Ce 6.Bypass module
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-E-500K-FM n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
ng
ni
1.Power module
ai
2.Controli T
r
module
w e
a
3.Filler panel
Hu input switch
4.Mains
n
it o 5.Output switch
a

& 8.Bypass input switch
ing
n
ai
9.Bypass module
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS5000-E-600K-SM n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
i
1.Powere module
aw
Hu
2.Control module
n 3.Filler panel
it o
a 4.Power distribution subrack cover
tfi ic
r 5.Maintenance bypass switch
Ce 6.Bypass module
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-E-600K-FM n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
ng
ni
1.Power module
ai
2.Controli T
r
module
w e
a
3.Filler panel
Hu
4.Power distribution subrack cover
n
it o 5.Maintenance bypass switch
a
rit fic 6.Bypass module
C e 7.Mains input switch

& 8.Output switch
ing
n
ai
9.Bypass input switch
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS5000-E-800K-SM n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw 1.Power module
Hu
2.Control module
n
it o 3.Filler panel
a
rit fic 4.Maintenance bypass switch
C e 5.Bypass module
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-E-800K-FM n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
ng
ni
ai
1.Power module
T r
e i 2.Control module
w
ua
3.Filler panel
H 4.Maintenance bypass switch
n
it o 5.Power distribution subrack
a
it fic
cover
er 6.Bypass module
C
& 7.Mains input switch
ing
n 8.Output switch
r ai
i T 9.Bypass input switch
w e
a
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
2. Highlights ain
Tr
e i
3. Appearance aw
H u
it o
ic a
f
Ce
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Components n
atio
if i c
r t
Component Function
C e
Rack Houses devices. &
g
Power module Power conversion.
n in
aithe power module is abnormal.
Bypass module Provides bypass output when
T r
Power distribution module
e i power distribution.
Supports input and output
MDU
a w display (LCD).
Provides a liquid crystal
ECM subrack
Hu
Houses the ECM.
n
Controls intra-rack and inter-rack system running, and reports the
it o status information to other monitoring modules.
ECM
system
icaEnables the UPS to manage the battery system, provides alarm

Dry contact card tr if signals for external devices, and shuts down devices remotely in
Ce
Monitoring emergencies.
system
Monitoring interface&
Monitors the UPS status, delivers emergency commands, reports
g card system information, and displays the UPS key information and
n in parameters on the LCD.

Backfeed a i
T r protection card
Detects mains and bypass backfeed and provides protection.
i
(optional)
econtact extended card
wDry
a (optional) Delivers abundant alarm and control functions.
Hu
Power Module (1) n
atio
if i c
r t

Ce The power
The power module consists of a power factor correction (PFC) rectifier and inverter.
module performs AC-DC or DC-DC conversion on the mains and battery inputs, & and boosts the
g
n sine wave outputs.
voltage to the bus voltage. The inverter (DC/AC) converts the inputs iinto
i n
a
r x 620 mm. The weight is 32 kg.
 The power module dimensions (H x W x D) are 130 mm x 442 mm
T
i density is 23 W/inch3.
The maximum output capability is 50 kVA/50 kW. The power
w e
a
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Power Module (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr 1.Phase lock
e i
aw 2.Run indicator
Hu 3.Alarm indicator
n
it o 4.Fault indicator
a
rit fic 5.In-position switch
C e 6.Output port
&
ng
7.Input port
n i
a i
Tr
e i
a w
H u
Power Module (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
Inverter
i ng
ain Rear cover
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
Rectifier it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
e
aw
The upper and lower parts are
Hu
Fan module inserted into each other.
Bypass Module n
atio
if i c
r t
 When the power module is faulty or when you manually transfer the UPS to bypass
Ce module, the
bypass module provides the bypass voltage. In addition, the bypass module & provides the system
g
n module is removed, the
output voltage, output current, and output power. Therefore, if the ibypass
n
ai ratio, and the UPS may
LCD may not correctly display the output voltage, current, and rload
i T
generate a false alarm about power module current imbalance.
w e
 。 u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i
Bypass module capacity/kVA Size（W*H*D） Weight/kg
200
a in 442mm*130mm*500mm 19
300T
r
i
e400
442mm*130mm*500mm 19
w
a 500/600
200mm*600mm*600mm 50
H u 200mm*600mm*600mm 50
Bypass Module (200KVA) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
ng
1.Phase lock
i
ain 2.Cold startup
Tr button
e i 3.Run indicator
aw
Hu 4.Alarm indicator
n 5.Fault indicator
it o
a 6.In-position switch
tfi ic
r 7.Signal port
Ce Front cover 8.Input and output
& ports
ing
in
r a
i T
w e Rear cover
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain 1.Phase lock
r
iT
2.Cold startup
w e button
Hua 3.Run indicator

4.Alarm indicator
n
it o Front cover 5.Fault indicator
ica
tr if 6.In-position switch
Ce 7.Signal port
& 8.Input and output
ing ports
n
ai
Rear cover
T r 9.Crowbar
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng 1.Phase lock
ain
Tr 2.In-position switch
e i 3.Indicator
aw
Hu 4.Cold startup button
5.Crowbar
n
it o 6.Auxiliary power
a supply
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Control Module n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
Filler panel g
MDU port
nin
i
ECM1 ECM2 Dry contact
card
r a
i T
w e
H ua
n
it o
a
r it fic
1. Ground terminal
C e
2. BSC port 1 3. Parallel port 1 4. Indicator for
system control card 1
&
5. BSC port 2
n g 6. Parallel port 2 7. Indicator for system 8. Dry contact card
ni 10. Monitor display
control card 2
a i
9. Dry contact port
Tr unit (MDU) port 11. RS485 port 12. FE port
13. COM2 port e i 14. Com1 port 15. T&H sensor port 16. Fliler panel
a w
H u
ECM n
atio
if i c
r t
 C and inter-
The energy control unit (ECU) processes intra-cabinet
e
&
cabinet signals and status information, and intransfers the g
ain
information to the monitoring module. T r
e i
aw
Hu 1.BSC port
n
t io 2.Parallel port
ic a
tr i f 3.Run indicator
Ce 4.Alarm indicator
&
n g 5.Fault indicator
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Monitoring Interface Card n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Port Silk Screen
DO_1_NO Hu Description
DO_1
n
DO_1_COM
it o
DO_2_NO
DO_2 DO_2_ COM Each of the ports indicates battery mode, bypass mode, low battery
a
it fic
DO_3_NO voltage, critical alarm, or minor alarm.
DO_3 DO_3_ COM
DO_4 DO_4_NO
DO_4_ COM er
C Provides fast Ethernet (FE), RS485, Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C), and
DB26 MDU
& control area network (CAN) signals.
g Connects to an indoor battery temperature sensor, such as a negative
Battery temperature
in
B_TEMP temperature coefficient (NTC) resistor.
Southbound
ainCOM2
Tr
Connects to a southbound device, such as the BMU.
communications port 2
Southbound
e i
communications port 1 COM1 Connects to an ambient temperature and humidity sensor. Two-wire.
w
ua
Network port FE Network port
Northbound RS485 Connects to a northbound network management device. Two-wire.
H
communications port
Dry Contact Card (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Silk
Tr
Port
Screen
Signal Description
e i Status
BTG Detects battery grounding failures.
aw Closed: battery grounding failure
0V Secondary side ground
Hu Open: no battery grounding failure
The initial status is Open.
n
-
Detects D.G. grounding failures. Closed: D.G. mode
it o
GEN
Open: non-D.G. mode
a
it fic
0V Secondary side ground
er Grounded: BCB box connected

OL
C
Detects the battery circuit breaker (BCB) box. Floated: BCB box not connected
& The initial status is Grounded.
ng
Closed: battery circuit breaker ON
n i
BCB
STA
a i
Monitors the battery circuit breaker. Open: battery circuit breaker OFF
Tr The initial status is Open.
e i 12 V: battery circuit breaker tripped

DRV
a w Controls battery circuit breaker trip. 0 V: battery circuit breaker not tripped
The initial status is 0 V.
u
H0V Secondary side ground -
Dry Contact Card (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
Port
Silk
Signal Description Ce
Status
Screen
&
ng
The initial status is open. EPO is triggered if
NO EPO port
i
the dry contact is close.
12V +12V -
ain
EPO
Tr
The initial status is Closed. EPO is triggered if
NC EPO port
e i
the dry contact is open.
12V +12V -
aw
Monitors the UPS output circuit
Hu
Open: circuit breaker OFF, Closed: circuit
OUT breaker on the output power breaker ON.
n
SWIT distribution cabinet (PDC).
it o
The initial status is Closed.
CH 0V Secondary side ground a -
STATU
rit fic
Monitors the maintenance switch on
Open: circuit breaker OFF, Closed: circuit
S MT
the output PDC.
C e breaker ON.
0V &
Secondary side ground -
SWIT
ing Open: circuit breaker OFF, Closed: circuit
CH BP n
Monitors the bypass input circuit
i breaker ON.
r a
breaker on the input PDC.
STATU
i T The initial status is Closed.
S 0V
w e Secondary side ground -
u a
H
MDU n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
ng
1
i
ain
2
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
1 Indicator
it o 2 LCD screen
ic a
f
ti Meaning
r
Status Color
Red C e A critical alarm is generated.

&
On Yellow
ing A minor alarm is generated.
a in
r
iT
Green The UPS is running properly.
Off
w e None The MDU powers off.
a
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
2. Highlights ain
Tr
e i
3. Appearance aw
H u
it o
ic a
5. Difference between f
ti UPS5000-E and UPS5000-S
r
Ce
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Product Orientation n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
High-end series
&
i ng
in
UPS5000-E Module platform UPS5000-S
upgrade
r a
iT
200-800kVA 200-800kVA
40kW Module（V1.0)
w e 50kW high efficiency module
ua
Efficiency: 96％，PF=1 （V2.0)
H Efficiency: 97％, PF=1
Same module
n
it o
Same rack
Different packaging
ica
Different module
tr if
Ce
UPS5000-A UPS5000-E
200-800kVA
200-800kVA
&
g 50kW Standard efficiency
in
40kW module（ V1.0)
Efficiency:in
96%, PF=0.95 module (V1.2)
T ra efficiency：96％, PF=1
e i
High performance/
a wseries
price ratio
Hu
1.0 Module Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
 40K module Ce
&
ng
Barcode: 02310MKD.
i

Model: PM40K-V4S.
ain
r

i T
 50k module
w e
 Barcode: 02311KSW.
u a
H
 Model: PM50K-V4S.
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a Weight：32kg
H
2.0 Module Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
 50K high efficiency module Ce
&
ng
Barcode: 02311PLW.
i

Model: PM50K-V4H.
ain
r

Label: UPS5000-S Power Module. i T


w e
 Weight: 33kg.
u a
H
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
1.0 Module Topology n
atio
if i c
r t
 Main input and battery input share a set of rectifier boost circuit. C e
The main and the battery can not work at the same time. (thegmain mode and battery
&
in

i n
mode are two independent mode.)
r a
i T
 The battery pack needs the neutral line.
w e
u a
H
Main mode n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
Battery mode &
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
2.0 Module Topology n
atio
if i c
r t
 Main input and battery input are two sets of independent boost circuit. Ce
&
The main and the battery can work at the same time. g
in

i n
 The battery pack don’t need the neutral line. r a
i T
w e
Main mode
u a Battery mode
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i Joint power mode
a w
Hu
Principle of Battery without N n
atio
if i c
r t
 The battery group without neutral line will lead to BUS voltage unbalanced Ce when UPS
&
works in battery mode.
g
nin
Increase the balance circuit to control the BUS voltage balance.
ai
r

i T
w e
a
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Battery Connection without N n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
& Neutral line don’t
ing need to connect.

in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
2. Highlights ain
Tr
e i
3. Appearance aw
H u
it o
ic a
f
Ce
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Physical Parameters n
atio
if i c
r t
Physical 400KVA 500KVA C e 600KVA
Parameters &
g
Cabling mode Cables are routed from the top or bottom.
nin
ai IP21 components.)
Protection level IP20 (IP21 can be reached by configuring
T r
Dimensions (H x W 2000mm×1200mm×850mm e
i 2000mm×1400mm
aw
x D)
H u × 850mm
Communication Dry contact、RS485、SNMP n
it o
Weight 685KG
ic a 935KG 1060KG
ti f
Power module r
Ce
32KG
weight
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Environment Parameters n
atio
if i c
r t
Environment 400KVA 500KVA Ce 600KVA
Feature &
Operating 0℃～40℃ i ng
temperature
ain
Storage -40℃～70℃ Tr
temperature e i
Relative a w
Hu
0%～95％ RH（non-condensing）
humidity
Altitude 0–1000 m
n
it o than 1000 m and less than 4000 m, the
When the altitude is greater
icabe derated. For details, see the IEC62040-3.
rated power should
tr if
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Item 400KVA 500KVA Ce 600KVA
&
Input system Three-phase, four-wire, and PE g
nin
Rated input 380V AC/400V AC/415V AC(line voltage)i
r a
voltage
i Twhen the voltage is 187–280 V
Input voltage At 40°C: The UPS works at full load
w e
AC and is derated to 40% load
u a when the voltage is 187–80 V AC.
H
At 30°C: The UPS works at full load when the voltage is 176–280 V
o n
AC and is derated to i
t 40% load when the voltage is 176–80 V AC.
a
Input frequency 40Hz～70Hz ific
r t
Input PF Ce load); ＞ 0.98(half load)
＞ 0.99(Full
&
THDi g
THDi<3%(full
n
linear load)；THDi<5%(full non-linear load)
i
ain
T r
e i
a w
Hu
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Item 400KVA 500KVA
Ce 600KVA
Rated input voltage &
380V AC /400V AC /415V AC（line-voltage）
g
Input system
nin
Three-phase, four-wire, and PE
ai
Input frequency 50Hz/60Hz ± 6Hz（adjustable，0.5Hz～6Hz，±2Hz
T r by default）
Rated frequency e i
50 Hz or 60 Hz
aw
Hu
Bypass synchronization 50Hz/60Hz ± 6Hz
tracking frequency range
o n
Input system i
t bypass input can share a power source or use
The mains input and
a
ic sources.
t i f
r
different power
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
Item 400KVA 500KVA 600KVA
C e
Output system Three-phase, four-wire, and PE &
g
Voltage 380V AC/400V AC/415V AC±1%（line voltage）
nin
i
In normal mode, the mains frequency isasynchronous
Frequency
T r with the bypass
input frequency.
i
In battery mode, the frequency ise50 Hz or 60 Hz (tolerance±0.05%).
aw
Total harmonic distortion < 1% (full linear load)
< 4% (full non-linear load) H u
of output voltage (THDv)
n
Output PF 1 it o
ic a
Transfer time 0ms
t i f
Output voltage r
Voltageeunbalance: ±3%; phase unbalance: ±2°
unbalance C
&
Overload capability
g
Inverter overload capability:
n 105% < load ≤ 110%: transfer to bypass mode after 60 min
i
a in 110% < load ≤ 125%: transfer to bypass mode after 10 min
T r 125% < load ≤ 150%: transfer to bypass mode after 1 min
e i Load > 150%: transfer to bypass mode after 200 ms
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
Item 400KVA 500KVA
C e 600KVA
&
Battery voltage
g
360–528 V DC (30–44 batteries, 40 by default); If there are 38 or 36 batteries,
nin output power is derated
i
output power is not derated. If there are 34 batteries,
a
T r power is derated to 0.8.
i
to 0.9. If there are 32 or 30 batteries, output
Battery management Intelligent battery management we
One-button cold start u a can start the UPS to power loads.
H
In the case of a mains failure, batteries
Battery string sharing The UPS connected in parallel
o n can share battery strings. By default, battery
t i
strings are not shared.
ic a
f
ti 2.3–2.4 V/Cell, default: 2.35 V/Cell (30–42batteries)
Charge voltage
r
Equalized voltage:
e
C
&
Equalized voltage: 2.3–2.35 V/Cell, default: 2.35 V/Cell (44batteries)
g
in voltage: 2.23–2.27 V/Cell, default: 2.25 V/Cell
in
Float
r a
i T
w e
a
Hu
System Electrical Specifications n
atio
if i c
r t
Item 400KVA 500KVA
C e 600KVA
Number of UPSs &≤ 4
≤4
g
connected in parallel
nin and parallel signals use
Redundancy design
ai
The auxiliary power supplies, centralized controllers,
redundancy design.
T r
ECO Supported
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
g
in
ain
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 UPS5000 Series Introduction Ce
&
i ng
 Highlights
ain
Tr
 Appearance e i
aw
H u
 Main Components
n
it o

ca and UPS5000-S
Difference between UPS5000-E
i
tr if
 Technical Specifications Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Which component of UPS5000E is redundant. Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
UPS5000 Optional Parts in
g
&
i n
Introduciton ei
T r a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 C series,
This chapter describes the optional parts of UPS5000
e
&
including IP21 components, antiseismic kits,inbackfeed g
ain
protection card, battery grounding failure T r detector and so on.
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
On completion of this course, you will able to understand the
e
&
operation and maintenance of optional parts. i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Structure Components Ce
&
IP21 i ng

ain
Tr
 Top Air Outlet Component e i
aw
 Antiseismic Kits Hu
n
Top Cabling Cabinet it o
a

it fic
2. Communication anderProtection Components
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
IP21 Component n
atio
if i c
r t
 Background: standard protection class of UPS5000-E is IP20,Cife we want to
& components.
enhance the level of protection, need to configured the IP21
ng
ni
Install leveling feet at the bottom of the IP21 component, with two
ai long feet on the front and two
r

short feet at the rear.

i T
e
wby using 4 M12 screws.
 Install the IP21 component at the top of the UPS cabinet
a
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
The silkscreenei"front" and "back" are
displayedaon w the surface of the IP21
Hu
component.
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
IP21 i ng

ain
Tr
aw
n
a

it fic
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
 C between the
Background: there are fans inside the UPS5000, the distance e
&
g against the wall,
rear of the cabinet and the wall at least 500mm. If installed
nin
need the Top Air Outlet Component. ai
Tr
e i

aw
u
H adapter plate
1.Fan
n
it o 2. Fan adapter plate shield
a
rit fic 3. Terminal cover
C e 4.Trough
&
ing 5.Fan
in
r a 6.Anchor bolt
i T
w e
u a
H
Structure n
atio
if i c
r t
1.Power supply interface
C e
（14pin） &
g
nin
2.24pin terminals
a i
3.SwitchT rcover
e i
w supply switch
4.Power
a
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
iT
Signal cable Power cable
Signal cable Power cable
w e
a
u supply interface 24pin Terminals
HPower
Connecting Cables (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
400K-FM &
Power cable connecting（400K-FM）
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Connecting Cables (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
800K-FM
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a Power cable connecting （800K-FM）
H
Software Setting n
atio
if i c
r t
 C Param. to
Choose System Info. > Settings. Tap Advanced
e
&
enter the Advanced Param. Screen. i ng
ain
Tr
 Choose Top outlet fan enable. e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
IP21 i ng

ain
Tr
aw
n
a

it fic
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Antiseismic Kits (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C kits can be
Background: in the earthquake-prone areas, antiseismic e
&
g
used to prevent cabinet dumping.
nin
ai
Mark mounting holes. Drill holes for installing expansion
T r bolts, and install
expansion bolts. e i
a w
Use a pallet truck to move the cabinet to Huthe installation place.
Open the front door and remove ithe o n rear door.

a t
i f ic
r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Antiseismic Kits (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Remove the four support baffle plates. Use sixteen M6 screws to secure the
Ce four antiseismic
kits to the front and back side of the cabinet respectively. &
g
in
Reinstall the rear door. Adjust the cabinet to ensure that thenexpansion

ai bolts align with the

beneath 12 half holes.
T r
i
e using twelve M12x115 expansion bolts.
 Secure the four antiseimic components to the floor by
aw
 u
H plates.
Install the front, back, left, and right anchor baffle
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
IP21 i ng

ain
Tr
aw
n
a

it fic
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
Structure &
g
nin
ai
T r hole
1. Signal cable
e i
2. Topwcable holes for power
u a
cables
H
n 3. Cabling beams
it o
a
it fic
4. Cabling trough
er 5. Side panel
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Application n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
a
u Power cable Signal cable
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Structure Components C e
&
g
2. Communication and Protection Components nin
ai
T r
 Dry Contact Extended Card e i
aw
 Backfeed Protection Card Hu
o n
 Battery Grounding Failure tDetector i
ic a
t i f
 Battery Circuit Breaker er Box
C
&
 Ambient T/H Sensor
ing
a in
 Ibat2.0 r
i T
w e
u a
H
Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
 The dry contact extended card provides five relay dry contact outputs Ce and five signal
&
input ports. The card implements abundant alarm and control functions
g to meet
nin
customer requirements.
ai
DO can output alarm including critical alarm, minor ialarm, Tr bypass mode, battery mode
e

which support user defined. DI used for dry contact w

a input signal such as gate, water
u
H card
sensor. Dry contact extended
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g Installation position
i
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Software Setting n
atio
if i c
r t
 LCD C e
&
g
 Choose System Info. > Settings > Dry contact.
nin
ai or Disable.
 Each parameter of the dry contact can be set to Enable
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
ai
T r
aw
o n
ic a
t i f
C
&
ing
a in
 Ibat2.0 r
i T
w e
u a
H
Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
 When a backfeed occurs in normal or bypass mode, the backfeed protection Ce card
&
sends alarm signals to trip the circuit breaker (provided by the customer).
ng
ni
a i
The MFP ports are the signal ports for the mains backfeed protection. NO and COM are
rcontacts. When a backfeed occurs,

normally open contacts. NC and COM are normally closed

i T
the normally open contacts are closed and the normally w e closed contacts are open.
u a
 The BFP ports are the signal ports for the bypass H backfeed protection. NO and COM are
normally open contacts. NC and COM are
o n normally closed contacts. When a backfeed occurs,
t i and the normally closed contacts are open.
the normally open contacts are closed
ic a
ti f
RSV(reserved) r
Ce

&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Front view of a backfeed protection card Ports on the backfeed protection card
Connecting Cables n
atio
if i c
t
er release.
Cable connections between the backfeed protection card and shunt
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
fi ic
Mains input MCCB Bypass input MCCB
r t
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a 1. Shunt release 2.6A fuses
H
Software Setting (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 LCD C e
&
g
 Choose System Info > Settings > Dry Contacts.
nin
ai
On the Dry Contacts screen, set MUE06ATrconnection to Enable.

e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 WEB C e
&
g
 Log in to the WebUI and choose Monitoring > Param.
nin Settings.
ai
Under Dry Contacts, set MUE06A connection T r to Enable and click

e i
Submit. aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
ai
T r
aw
o n
ic a
t i f
C
&
ing
a in
 Ibat2.0 r
i T
w e
u a
H
Appearance n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
The battery grounding failure detector checks for current leakage on the e
&
g to UPS.
battery loop and reports battery grounding failure signals
nin
ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
Battery grounding AC current
u a
failure detector transformer Fuse Fuse base
H
Interface n
atio
if i c
r t
AC
input
Dry
contact Battery Other- e
C Description
Grounding end &
g
in
Failure Detector SilkScree
Port Silk Screen n
n
i Auxiliary power input; connected to
A1 U r a
i T the UPS output.
A2
e
N
w-
M+
u a Insulation level deviation instruction.
M- H -
T/R n - Connects to an external test or reset
it o button.
ic a
f
ti K2
K1 K1 Connect to a WX-A zero sequence
er K2
transformer.
AC current C I1 L1
&
ng
transformer
I2 L2
n i
ai
11 BTG Alarm relay output; connected to
T r 12 -
the dry contact card.
i
we
14 0V
u a 21,22,24 - Pre-alarm or alarm relay output.

H
Connecting Cables n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
L1 Power cables for batteries L2 AC input power cables for the
ing battery grounding failure detector
in
T ra
L3 Signal cables between the battery L4 Signal cables between the battery
e i detector and the AC
grounding failure grounding failure detector and the dry
w
current transformer
a contact card
H u
Hardware Setting (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C delay time.
Set the leakage current alarm threshold and alarm
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
n
i
r a
（1）Leakage current （2）Alarm delay position
i Tamplification factor DIP switch
e
w （3）Leakage current （4）Alarm delay
H ua amplification factor Position amplification factor position
atio
if i c
r t
 Leakage Current Alarm Settings C e
&
g
The leakage current alarm threshold is the leakage current dual in-line package (DIP) switch position multiplied
in

n
ai amplification factor position is 1,
by the leakage current amplification factor position.
When the leakage current DIP switch position is 30 and the leakagercurrent

i Tposition remains 30 and the leakage

e
the leakage current is 30 mA. When the leakage current DIP switch
w
a
current amplification factor position is 10, the leakage current is 300 mA. The calculation method is the same
Hu
for the leakage current DIP switch positions 100 and 300.
o n
t i
a
Leakage
ic Position
Current Leakage Current DIP Switch Position
f
Amplification Factor
r t i 30 100 300
Ce X1 30mA 100mA 300mA

&
n g X2 60mA 200mA 600mA
i ni X4 120mA 400mA 1200mA
T ra X6 180mA 600mA 1800mA

e i
a w X8 240mA 800mA 2400mA
H u X10 300mA 100mA 3000mA
a tio
if i c
r t
 Alarm Delay Settings C e
&
ngby the alarm delay
The alarm delay time is the alarm delay position multiplied
ni

i
amplification factor DIP switch position.
Tra
 ei
When the alarm delay position is 1 and the amplification
w
factor DIP switch position
a delay position remains 1 and the
is 1, the alarm delay time is 1s. When theualarm
H
amplification factor DIP switch position is 10, the alarm delay time is 10s. By
o n
t i
ic a
default, the relay alarm setting position is 0.
t i f
Alarm Delay er Alarm Delay Position
C
Amplification &0
Factor Position
n g 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
×1 i ni 0s 0.2s 0.4s 0.6s 0.8s 1s
r a
×10 i T 0s 2s 4s 6s 8s 10s
w e
a
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 LCD C e
&
ng
On the LCD, choose System Info > Settings > Dry Contacts.
ni

i
a and Battery ground fault [BTG]
 On the Dry Contacts screen, set MUE05A connection
T r
to Enable. e i
aw
H u
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 WEB C e
&
g
 On the WebUI, choose Monitoring > Param. Settings.
nin
ai ground fault [BTG] to
 Under Dry Contacts, set MUE05A connection and Battery
T r
Enable, and click Submit. e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
ai
T r
aw
o n
ic a
t i f
C
&
ing
a in
 Ibat2.0 r
i T
w e
u a
H
Structure n
atio
if i c
r t
 A battery circuit breaker (BCB) box controls the connection C
and disconnection e
&
g
between battery strings and a UPS and protects batteries.
nin
ai
Tr
1. Positive wiring
terminals (connecting e i 2. Neutral wiring
Terminals (connecting to
to batteries) aw batteries)
H u
3. Negative wiring terminals 4. Ground terminals
n
(connecting to
it o
batteries)
ic a5. Control board
ti f 6. Circuit breaker
er 7. Negative wiring 8. Neutral wiring
C Terminals (connecting to the terminals (connecting
&
ng
UPS) to the UPS)
n i
ai
9. Positive wiring
T r terminals (connecting
e i to the UPS)
a w
Hu
Control Board n
atio
if i c
r t
 DIP switch settings: C e
&
Single BCB-BOX: 1 is ON, 2 is OFF.
ng
i

Two BCB-BOXES: 1, 2 are OFF on BCB-BOX1; 1 is OFF, 2 is i n


r a
ON on BCB-BOX2.
i T
Three BCB-BOXES: 1, 2 are OFF on BCB-BOX1 and w
e

u a BCB-BOX2
; 1 is ON, 2 is OFF on BCB-BOX3. H
n

it o
Four BCB-BOXES: 1, 2 are OFF on BCB-BOX1,BCB-BOX2 and
i
BCB-BOX3; 1 is OFF, 2 is ON on BCB-BOX4.c a
t i f
r
Ce
 Jumper Cap Settings:
&
Number of Number of
g Number of
Batteries in Batteries
J3 J4
in （2V）
Batteries Jumper Jumper
（12V）（6VDC）
r a
30~34
i T
60~68 180~204 ON ON
1.J3 Jumper 2.J4 Jumper
36~44
w e
72~88 216~264 ON OFF 3.DIP switch S1 4. Control
46~50 ua 92~100
signal port J1
276~300 OFF OFF
H
Connecting Power Cables (Single) n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
1. Positive wiring terminals (connecting to the UPS)
aw
u
2. Neutral wiring terminals (connecting to the UPS)
H
3. Negative wiring terminals (connecting to the UPS)
n
it o 4. Positive wiring terminals (connecting to batteries)
a
it fic
5. Neutral wiring terminals (connecting to the
er batteries)
C 6. Negative wiring terminals (connecting to the
& batteries)
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Connecting Signal Cables (Single) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
UPSin
g
BCB Signal Port BCB-BOX J1 Signal Port
a in
OL
Tr 5OL
STA
e i 6STA
a w
DRV 7DRV
H u 0V 8GND
Connecting Power Cables (Double)ation
i f ic
r t 3.BCB-BOX1
1.BBB-BOX 2. BBB-BOX grounding terminals
e
4. BCB-BOX1grounding terminals C
&box 1 (connecting
g
in string 1)
5. Positive wiring terminal of BCB
n
i of BCB box 1 (connecting to
to positive terminals on battery
a
rbattery string 1)
6. Neutral wiring terminal
T
ei terminal of BCB box 1 (connecting to
neutral terminals on
7. Negative w wiring
u a on battery string 1)
negative terminals
H grounding terminals 12. BCB-BOX2
8. BCB-BOX2
n
it o9.to Positive wiring terminal of BCB box 2 (connecting
a positive terminals on battery string 2)
rit fic 10. Neutral wiring terminal of BCB box 2 (connecting to
C e neutral terminals on battery string 2)
&
11. Negative wiring terminal of BCB box 2 (connecting to
ng
negative terminals on battery string 2)
n i 13. Negative wiring terminals of the BBB box (connecting to
r ai battery negative input terminals of the UPS)
i T 14. Neutral wiring terminals of the BBB box (connecting to
w e battery neutral input terminals of the UPS)

a
Hu
15. Positive wiring terminals of the BBB box (connecting to
battery positive input terminals of the UPS)
Connecting Signal Cables (Double) ation
i f ic
rt
Ce
1.BCB-BOX1 2.BCB-BOX1 control
& board
3.BCB-BOX2
i ng 4.BCB-BOX2 control
a in board
5. Signal cablerbetween
i T 6. Signal cable to the
w e
the BCB boxes UPS
u a
H
n
it o
a
rit fic Mapping Between UPS BCB
Signal Ports and BCB Box 1
Mapping Between BCB Box
1 J1 Signal Ports and BCB
C e J1 Signal Ports Box 2 J1 Signal Ports
& OL 5OL 1EXDRV+ 1EXDRV+
ing STA 6STA 2EXDRV- 2EXDRV-

in
r a DRV 7DRV 3 EXAUX+ 3 EXAUX+
i T 0V 8GND 4 EXAUX- 4 EXAUX-
w e
u a
H
Connecting Signal Cables (Four) n
atio
if i c
r t
Mapping Between UPS
BCB Signal Ports and
Mapping Between BCB
Box 1 J1 Signal Ports and
Mapping Between BCB
Box 2 J1 Signal Ports and C e
Mapping Between BCB
Box 3 J1 Signal Ports and
BCB Box 1 J1 Signal BCB Box 2 J1 Signal Ports &
BCB Box 3 J1 Signal Ports BCB Box 4 J1 Signal Ports
Ports
i ng
5OLin
OL 5OL 1EXDRV+ 1EXDRV+ 5OL
r a 1EXDRV+ 1EXDRV+
STA 6STA 2EXDRV- 2EXDRV- 6STA
e iT6STA 2EXDRV- 2EXDRV-
DRV 7DRV 3 EXAUX+ 3 EXAUX+ 7DRV
aw 7DRV 3 EXAUX+ 3 EXAUX+
0V 8GND 4 EXAUX- 4 EXAUX- u
8GND
H
8GND 4 EXAUX- 4 EXAUX-
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
ai
T r
aw
o n
ic a
t i f
 Battery Switch Box e r
C
&
ing
a in
 Ibat2.0 r
i T
w e
u a
H
Appearance (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Ambient T/H Sensor used to measure the temperature and humidity.
Ce
&
ng
 It has two RJ11 ports，one is for connecting to ups, one is for cascade connecting. We can set the
i
address by the DIP switch.
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a 35
it 1fic
toggle switch 32 33 34 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
6 1 1
er 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
&0
4 0
ing 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
0in
3
r a 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
2
i T 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
1 w e 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
u a
H ambient T/H sensor address setting
Appearance (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
batteries temperature address setting
n
it19o 20
ica
toggle switch 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
6 0 0
tr 0if 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 e 1
5 1
C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 0 &0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
in0g
3
n 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
2 r ai 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
i T
we
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
a batteries temperature sensor，address is from 16 to 28.
Used asuthe
H
Software Setting n
atio
if i c
r t
 LCD C e
&
ng
On the System Info screen, tap Setting > Communication.
ni

i
 Set the parameters according to the sensor.
Tra
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
ai
T r
aw
o n
ic a
t i f
C
&
ing
a in
 Ibat2.0 r
i T
w e
u a
H
Overview n
atio
if i c
r t
 C (CIM01C2) and
The intelligent battery monitoring system consists of the CIM e
&
BIM (BIM01C3/BIM02C1). g
nin
The communication interface module (CIM) is an rintelligentai battery
T

i
management module which collects wirelessecommunication data from the
aw
downstream BIM groups, collects and H u
analyzes the operating data of battery
strings, calculates state of charge o n
it (SOC) and state of health (SOH) of batteries
and battery strings, estimatesicthe a battery health status, supports battery
ti f
r
tripping management, and
Ce uploads data to the monitoring system through
COM or PoE ports. g &
n in
a
The battery interfacei module (BIM) is an intelligent battery monitoring

r
Tmonitors the voltages, internal resistance, and pole temperatures
module that e i
a w
u
of batteries.
H
Application Scenarios (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
 ECC scenario
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
a
Hu
CIM and BIM networking （single CIM） CIM and BIM networking (multiple CIMs)
Application Scenarios (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
 UPS scenario
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
a
Hu
CIM and BIM networking (single CIM） CIM and BIM networking (multiple CIMs)
Components Description - CIM (1) ation
i f ic
rt
 Ce status data
CIM is a battery information collection module. It collects battery
&
g
from the downstream BIM groups through wireless communication, and
n in
sends the data to the ECC, UPS, and the third-party ai network management
T r
system (NMS) through COM or PoE ports. ei
1. –48 Vw
a 0.5 A
portu(power input)
2.PoE port 3. COM_IN port
(RS485
CIM front view
H communication
n input)
t io 4. COM_OUT port 5.DI、DO ports 6. HALL_1–HALL_8

ic a
f
(RS485 current monitoring
r ti communication ports
C e output)
& 7. RF_Z antenna 8. BCB_1– 9.BCB_OUT、
n g port BCB_4 ports BCB_IN ports
ni
(BCB_2–BCB_4
a i reserved)
T r
i
10. Networking 11. PWR 12. RUN indicator
w e switch indicator
u a 13. ALM indicator 14. RF_Z 15. Delivered
H indicator antenna
Components Description - CIM (2) ation
i f ic
rt
Ce
&
ng
CIM bottom view
i
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
1. Fastener ing 2. Micro SD card slot
n
ai
Tr reset）
3. Default button（IP 4. ADDR dual in-line package (DIP) switch (RS485
w ei communications address)
uaport（power input）
5. 12V 2A
H
Components Description - BIM n
atio
if i c
r t
 C supports 12
The BIM (BIM01C3) is a battery monitoring module that e
&
V power input and monitors the voltages, internal g
n resistances, and
i
ain
pole temperatures of batteries. Provides the hibernation
T r function (when it
e i
detects that the battery voltage is low, it turns
a w to low-consumption mode).
Uploads battery data to CIM through wireless H u communication.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
& 1. RUN/ALM 2.Networking switch
n g indicator
i ni 3.Panel port 4.Fastener
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Installation (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 In the battery cabinet Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e 1. Hall effect sensor
u a 2. CIM
3. Battery control I/O board (BIB)
H BIM installation position
Installation (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 In the BCB box Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
1. Hall effect sensor
u a 2.CIM
3. Battery control I/O board (BIB)
H BIM installation position
Connecting Signal Cables (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Connect the cable between the CIM and the Hall effect sensor. Ce
If each of the positive and negative battery string cables connects g
&
to one Hall effect sensor,
in side to the HALL_1 current

i n
connect the Hall effect sensor on the positive battery string terminal
monitoring port on the CIM, and connect the Hall effectT
a
r on the negative battery string
sensor
terminal side to the HALL_2 current monitoring port e
i
aw on the CIM.
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 C sensor.
Connect the cable between the CIM and the Hall effect e
&
g
If each of the positive and negative battery string cables connects to two or more Hall effect sensors, connect
in HALL current monitoring ports,

n
i the latter HALL current monitoring
the Hall effect sensors on the positive battery string terminal side to the former
r a
T
and the Hall effect sensors on the negative battery string terminal side to
e i cables connects to two Hall effect sensors,

ports. For example, if each of the positive and negative battery string
connect the Hall effect sensors on the positive battery stringwterminal side to the HALL_1 and HALL_2 current
u a
H sensors on the negative battery string terminal side to
monitoring ports on the CIM, and connect the Hall effect
n
the HALL_3 and HALL_4 current monitoring ports on the CIM.
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 Connecting the cable between UPS and CIM. C e
&

ng of the RS485 cable to
Connect the CIM communications cable. Connect one end
i
i n
the COM_OUT port on the CIM, and the other end to
r a the COM2 port on the UPS
i T
monitoring interface card.
w e
u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 Connect a cable between the UPS and the BIB. Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
(1) UPS dry contact card (MUE05A)
g
nSignal Port Mapping Between the UPS and the BIB
n i
a i OL
Tr OL_5
e i STA STA_6
a w DRV DRV_7
H u 0V GND_8
atio
if i c
r t
 C the adapter,
Connect a straight-through cable between the CIM and e
&
g
and connect the adapter AC power cable to a socket.
nin
ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 C UPS and
Multiple CIMs are cascaded, connect cables between the e
&
CIMs.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 DIP switch settings Ce
&
i ng
ain
rT
CIM ADDR_1 ADDR_2 ADDR_3
e i ADDR_4 CIM Address on the
w
Monitoring System
CIM1 OFF OFF OFF u a OFF 60

H
CIM2 ON OFF n
OFF OFF 61
it oOFF
CIM3 OFF ON a OFF 62
fi ic
CIM4 ON ONrt OFF OFF 63
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 UPS LCD setting C e
&

ng Battery capacity (Ah)
Choose System Info > Settings > Basic Param. and set
i
i n
(total capacity of battery strings) and Number of
r a cells (a cell is a 2 V DC
i T
battery).
w e
choose System Info > Settings > Battery u aParam. and set Installation time.
H

n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
&

ngParam. and set
Choose System Info > Settings > CIM Param. > Basic
i
i n
Number of CIMs, BIM number of CIM, Numberaof battery strings, and
T r
Batteries in a battery string.
e i
aw
 choose System Info > Settings > CIM Param.
H u > Advanced Param. and set
Current source and Multi-Hall cur. setting.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
&
Choose System Info > Settings > CIM Param. > Batt.ng
String Config, set CIM

ni
No., BIM start No., and BIM end No. for each battery ai string, and then click
T r
Submit.
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
C we can get?
1. When we use the Ibat2.0, which data of the batteries e
&
g
2. What is the function of BCB-Box and Battery nGrounding in Failure
ai
Detector? T r
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
This chapter introduces the optional parts of UPS5000 series,
e
&
after completing this, we should understandin the work principle g
ain
and have the ability of routine maintenance T r and
e i
troubleshooting. aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
UPS5000 Installation i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
This chapter describes Huawei UPS5000 series installation.
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
ng
 Understand UPS5000 series installation; i
ain
T r
 Understand installation check and acceptance.
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Installation Preparations Ce
&
i ng
2. Install UPS5000
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Site Survey Before Installation n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
Ambient temperature, humidity, altitude,
Environment
i ng
verticality, pollution level, and ventilation
condition
ain
Tr
e i
awNeutral-ground voltage
Power supply
Hu Sufficient mains capacity
n Circuit breaker or power distribution cabinet
Site survey it o
a
rit fic Position for installing the UPS and batteries
C e Installation
position
Clearance between adjacent devices
& No blockage
ing
in
r a Bearing capacity and dimensions of the
iT elevator
we
Bearing
UPS type and battery weight
u a capacity
Bearing capacity of the floor
H
Environment Requirements n
atio
if i c
r t
 UPS location Ce
&
ng
Typically, a USP is installed indoors. It is installed in a cool, dry, clean, and flat environment with
i

good ventilation.
ain
Tr
 Battery location
e i
aw
Typically, batteries are installed in a stable temperature which ranges from 15°C to 25°C and
u

away from heat source or the main air vent. H

n

it o
Batteries are installed on a dedicated battery rack which is close to the UPS. The battery switch
a
it fic
is installed near batteries. Ensure the shortest cabling distance.
Operation space er

C
&

n g
Proper clearance is reserved behind and above the UPS for air ventilation and heat dissipation,
i ni UPS for operation, and on the left and right for routine maintenance.
in the front of the
T ra cabinets, connect them in one row.


e i
If there are multiple
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Install UPS5000
ain
Tr
 Equipments Installation e i
aw
 Power Cables Connection H u
o n
 Parallel and Dual-bus System i
t Cables Connection
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
 Optional Parts Installation
&
g
3. Check After Installation
n
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Installation Procedure n
atio
if i c
r t
 Preparation
C e
&
Start
ng
 Check that the UPS is intact and the UPS model is correct.
i
Check that environment requirements are met.
in
 Installation
a
preparation
Installation
Tr
i

UPS and battery installation.

w e
a
 Battery rack UPS
u
installation installation
H
 Separate installation of UPS in a parallel system.
 Ensure that you follow the installation procedure.

n
it o Cable
Cable Connections
a
connection
c

f i

r
Connections of power cables and signalti cables.
Ce
Optional
component
 Choose the correct cable configurations. installation
& in order and securely.


n g
Ensure that cables are connected
ni
Check after

i
Check After Installation
a
installation
T rthe

e i
Checking after installation is mandatory.
End
a w
H u Installation Process
Unpacking (200kVA/300kVA) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
Step 1: Remove the ain
Tr
binding tape. e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
n g
i ni
T ra
Step 2: Removing the
box. wei
u a
H
Unpacking (400kVA/500kVA/800KVA) n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
Tr
binding tape. e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
n g
i ni
T ra
box. wei
u a
H
Unpacking (600KVA) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
Tr
binding tape. e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
n g
i ni
T ra
box. wei
u a
H
Installing the UPS Cabinet n
atio
if i c
r t
 Raise the four leveling feet at Ce
&
the bottom of the cabinet by i ng
ain
using a wrench until all the four
Tr
e i
castors at the bottom hang in
aw
H u
the air and the leveling feet
o n
bear all of the cabinet weight.t i
ic a
f
ti by
Check the cabinet levelness r
Ce

using a level. If the &cabinet is

ing
not leveled, adjust
a in the leveling
T r
feet. e i
a w
Hu
tio
(200kVA/300kVA) tif i c a
e r
 Secure Installation C
&
g
On the planned installation position, draw the mounting holes based on the drawings.
n
i

i n

r a
Use a hammer drill to drill holes in the position for installing expansion bolts.
Install expansion bolts in the holes. i T


w e
a
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
UPS5000-E-200K-SM and UPS5000-E-300K-SM/SMT UPS5000-E-200K-FM
tio
(400kVA/500kVA) tif i c a
e r
 Secure Installation C
&
g
n
i

i n

r a


w e
a
400kVA/500kVA Hu 400kVA/500kVA Hole
Marking-off template
n
t io dimensions
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Installing the UPS (600KVA) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Secure Installation C e
&
g based on the
On the planned installation position, draw the mountingnholes
ni

i
drawings.
T ra
i installing expansion bolts.
Use a hammer drill to drill holes in the positionefor
w

u a
 Install expansion bolts in the holes.
H Mounting hole dimensions for the 600
600KVA Marking-off template
n
it o kVA UPS
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Installing the UPS (800KVA) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Secure Installation C e
&
g
n
i

i n

r a


w e
u a
Mounting hole dimensions for the 800 kVA UPS
800kVA Marking-off template
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Install UPS5000
ain
Tr
aw
o n
t Cables Connection
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
g
n
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Routing Power Cables (UPS5000-E- n
t io
200K-SM) (1) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
n g 1 Battery input（+、N、-）
i ni
Remove the power distribution cover 2 Main input（1L1~1L3、N）
T ra
e i 3 Maintenance bypass switch
a w 4 Bypass input（2L1~2L3、N）
Hu 5 Output（U、V、W、N）
t io
200K-SM) (2) tif
i c a
e r
 Dual mains: remove the bypass and the main connecting C bar, then
&
g
connect the main input and bypass input.
nin
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Routing Cables from the Top (UPS5000- n
it o
E-200K-SM) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
a
u Power cable
H PE cable Control cable
Routing Cables from the Bottom n
it o
(UPS5000-E-200K-SM) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
Power cable PE cable Control cable
H
t io
200K-FM) (1) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
n g
ni
Remove the power distribution cover 1 Main input（1L1~1L3、N）
i
T ra 2 Bypass input（2L1~2L3、N）
e i 3 Battery input（+、N、-）
a w
Hu 4 Output（U、V、W、N）
t io
200K-FM) (2) tif
i c a
e r
 Dual mains: Remove the bypass and the main connecting C bar, then
&
g
connect the main input and bypass input.
nin
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Routing Cables from the Top n
tio
(UPS5000-E-200K-SM) tif i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
a
Hu cable
Power PE cable Control cable
Routing Power Cables (400KVA) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
r
e i TMains input terminals
1.
w
Hua 2. Output terminals
3. Bypass input terminals
n
it o 4. Battery input terminals
ica
tr if
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Routing Cables from the Top (400kVA) n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u 1. Battery input cable
n
it o
a
fi ic
2. Bypass input cable
r t
Ce
3. Output cable
&
ng
4. Mains input cable
n i
a i
T r
e i
w from the Top
Routing Cables
a Routing Cables from the Top
(removeuthe cover) （ zone punch）
H
it o
(400kVA) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
Removing the bottom cover Route power cable from the bottom of the cabinet
u a
H
Connecting AC Input Cables - Single n
t io
Mains (400kVA) tif
i c a
e r
 Connect the AC input C
&
power cable to mains i ng
ain
input terminals 1L1, 1L2, T r
e i
1L3, and N respectively. aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a 1. Input N 2. Input1L1 3. Input1L2 4. Input1L3
H
Connecting AC Input Cables - Dual n
t io
Mains (400kVA) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
r it fic
C e
&
ing
ni
a
r from the UPS.
i T
1. Remove the rear cover 2. Remove the copper bars between mains and
3. Connect w
e bypass input terminals.
u
terminals a the mains input power cable to mains input
1L1, 1L2, 1L3, and N respectively.
4. Connect the bypass input cable to bypass input
terminals 2L1, 2L2, and 2L3 respectively.
H
Connecting AC Output Cables (400kVA) n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
e PE cable
aw
Hu
Connecting Battery Cables (400KVA) n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
Connect battery cables Connect battery neutral wire
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ng
 Route a neutral wire from the middle of the
n i
ai
positive and negative battery strings.
T r
1.Battery
input+ e i
2.Battery 3.Battery
input N input -
 The figure shows a neutral wire routed from
a w the middle of positive and negative battery
Hu strings, each consisting of 20 batteries.
Routing Power Cables (800KVA) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n 1. Battery input terminals
it o
a 2. Mains input terminals
tfi ic 3. Output terminals

r
Ce 4. Bypass input terminals
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Routing Cables from the Top (800kVA) n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
it o
(800kVA) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu 1. Battery input cables
n 2. Mains input cables
it o
a 3. Output cables
tfi ic
r 4. Bypass input cables
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Connecting AC Input Cables - Dual n
t io
Mains (800KVA) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
1. Remove the rear cover from the UPS. 2. Remove the copper bars between mains and
i T bypass input terminals.
w e the mains input power cable to

3. Connect 4. Connect the bypass input cable to bypass input
u a
mains input terminals 1L1, 1L2, 1L3, and N terminals 2L1, 2L2, and 2L3 respectively.
Hrespectively.
Connecting Battery Cables (800KVA) n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
Connect battery neutral wires
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
& Route a neutral wire from the middle of the
ng

n i positive and negative battery strings.
r ai
i T  The figure shows a neutral wire routed from
w e the middle of positive and negative battery

a
Hu
strings, each consisting of 20 batteries.
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Install UPS5000
ain
Tr
aw
o n
t Cables Connection
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
g
n
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
N+X Parallel System - Connecting n
t io
Power Cables (600KVA) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic 1.Main input cables
C e
2.Bypass input cables
&
ing 3.Battery cables
in
r a 4.Output cables
i T
w e
u a
H
t io
Power Cables (800KVA) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic 1.Main input cables
C e 2.Bypass input cables
&
ng
3.Battery cables
n i
a i 4.Output cables
Tr
e i
a w
H u
t io
Control Cables tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Dual-bus System - Connecting Powern
t io
Cables (600KVA) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu 1.Main input cables
n 2.Bypass input cables

it o
a 3.Battery cables
tfi ic
r 4.Output cables
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Dual-bus System - Connecting Powern
t io
Cables (800KVA) tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
1.Main input cables
n
it o
ica
2.Bypass input cables
tr if 3.Battery cables
Ce 4.Output cables
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Dual-bus System - Connecting Control n
it o
Cables tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Install UPS5000
ain
Tr
aw
o n
t Cables Connection
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
g
n
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Installing Antiseismic Kits n
tio
(200KVA/300KVA) ift
i c a
r
Adjust the cabinet positioneso that the
Caligned with the
Remove the rear door &
expansion bolt holes are
ng
eight holes at the bottom of the cabinet.
i
in kits to the floor at both
Secure antiseismic
a
the front andr rear of the cabinet.
i T
w e
u a
H
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
tio
(400KVA/500KVA/600KVA) (1) tif i c a
e r
 Mark mounting holes. C
&
Drill holes for installing expansion bolts, and install expansion gbolts.
in

i n
 Use a pallet truck to move the cabinet to the installationr aplace.
T
Open the front door and remove the rear door. ei

aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
tio
(400KVA/500KVA/600KVA) (2) tif i c a
e r
C
 Remove the four support baffle plates.
&
Use sixteen M6 screws to secure the four antiseismic kits to the front and back side of the cabinet respectively.
g

Reinstall the rear door.

nin
i 12 half holes.

Adjust the cabinet to ensure that the expansion bolts align with the beneath r a
T

Secure the four antiseimic components to the floor by using twelvee i

M12x115 expansion bolts.
w

 Install the front, back, left, and right anchor baffle plates.
u a
H
Secure the antiseismic kits to Install the front, back, left, and right
Remove the support baffle plates the cabinet. n anchor baffle plates.
t io
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Installing the IP21 Component n
atio
if i c
r t
Install leveling feet at the bottom of the Install the IP21 componenteat the top of the
IP21 component, with two long feet on UPS cabinet by using &
C
four M12 screws.
the front and two short feet at the rear.
i ng
ain
T r
e i
a w
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
a
Hu
The silkscreen "front" and "back" are displayed on the surface of the IP21 component.
Connecting EPO Control Cables n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i NC EPO switch connection
aw method:
Hu Remove the jumper between NC

and 12V, and then connect the
n NC switch.
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ng
NO EPO switch connection method:
n i
a i Connect the NO switch between
Tr NO and 12V.
e i Note: Do not remove the jumper
a w between NC and 12V. Otherwise,
H u the UPS reports an EPO fault and

does no supply power.
Connecting T&H Sensor n
atio
if i c
r t
 Connect the T&H sensor interface RJ11 to COM1Con monitoring
e
&
card. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Connecting BCB BOX n
atio
if i c
r t
 Open the BCB box cover, and Ce
&
connect J2 on the dry contact i ng
ain
card to the dry contact on the
Tr
e i
BCB box.
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Install UPS5000
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Check after Installation n
atio
if i c
r t
 Purpose: Ensure that the UPS runs properly.
C e
&

g
Prerequisite: The UPS have been installed, and the input and output cables, communications cables,
nin
dry contact signal cables, and parallel cables are connected.
a i
No. Item T r
Expected Result
Consistency between the system
i
e including model and number of modules,
01 configuration and the delivery w
The system configuration,
complies withathe contract.
configuration
H u
02 UPS and battery installation The cabinet and batteries are installed steadily and firmly.
n routed properly and meet engineering requirements.
03 Cable layout
itForo theare
Cables
04 Cable connections
c a cables secured by screws, the spring washers are flattened.
i Correct cables
t i f All cable connectors are secure.
05 Dry contact connections
e r are used and secured to the UPS and PC by using
C screws.
06 &
Voltage between the neutral wire and
The neutral-ground voltage is less than 5 V AC.
ng
the ground cable
n i Both ends of a cable are labeled. Labels are clean and correct, and
i
07 Cable labels
provide concise and understandable cable description.
08
T raconnection
Ground cable
The ground cable connects to the ground bar in the equipment
i
e between cable ties
room.
09
w
Distances
a cable connections
Distances between cable ties are the same, and no burr exists.
10
H uBattery Battery cables are connected correctly based on the + and – signs.
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
1. What is the main steps of installation? Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 C After
This chapter mainly introduces UPS5000 installation.
e
&
completing the content of this chapter, theintrainees should g
ain
master UPS5000 installation, laying a igood Tr foundation for
w e
subsequent debugging and troubleshooting. u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
UPS5000 Control Paneling &
in
and Commissioningei Tr a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 C the
This chapter describes the panel of UPS5000 series,
e
&
g
parameter setting, the power on commissioning
nin and the
ai
acceptance. T r
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
ng
 Familiar with the panel and parameter setting; i
ain
T r
 Complete the UPS5000 series debugging;
e i
aw
 Complete UPS5000 series acceptance.
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Check Before Powering On the UPS Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
4. Acceptance
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Check Before Powering On the UPSation
i f ic
rt
 Purpose and Prerequisite Ce
&
Ensure that the UPS is ready for power-on.
ng
i

n
The UPS has been installed and power cables are connected, iand the installation has been

r a
verified.
i T
e
Itemw
NO.
u a
01
The UPS input switch, bypass switch, output switch, Hmaintenance bypass switch, and battery circuit breaker
are all OFF.
n
it o
ic ahave shut down.
f
02 The load switches are OFF, and the loads
r t i
C
sequence. No short circuit occurs
e
The UPS input live wire and neutral wire are connected correctly. Live wires are connected in a correct
between the live wire and the ground cable. The UPS output has no short
03 circuit. &
g
n in If cables are not correctly connected, the UPS may be damaged upon power-on.
Check cable connections.
a i
04 r
Use a multimeter to measure the front-end AC voltage of the main and bypass input switches. The AC input
T be 304–478 V AC. Otherwise, you need to start the UPS5000 in battery cold start mode.
i
voltage must
e
Use w
05
u a specifications, preventing reverse connections.
meet
a multimeter to measure the front-end DC voltage of the battery switch. The battery string voltage must
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
 UPS5000-A-(30-120K) Control Panel ei
aw
 UPS5000-E/S Control Panel H u
o n
3. UPS5000 Commissioningat i
i f ic
r t
4. Acceptance Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Panel n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
1.LCD & 2. Back/Shutdown 3. Up button
ing button
i n
r a
4. Down button
i T 5. Startup/Enter/Mute 6. Fault indicator/INFO
w e button button
a
Hu
7. Bypass indicator 8. Battery indicator 9.Mains indicator
Indicators n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
Indicator Color Status &
Meaning
g
The UPS is ininnormal mode.
Mains indicator Green ON
a in
The UPSr is not in normal mode.
OFF
i T
TheeUPS is in battery mode.
Battery indicator Yellow ON
a w
OFF
H u The UPS is not in battery mode.
n
Blinking The remaining battery capacity is less
a tio than the threshold.
Bypass indicator Yellow
rit fic ON The UPS is in bypass mode.
C e OFF The UPS is not in bypass mode.

Red&
Fault indicator/INFO
g
nRed
ON The UPS is faulty.
button
n i
ai
Blinking The UPS generates an alarm.
T r Green ON The UPS is running properly.
e i
a w
Hu
Functional Buttons n
atio
if i c
r t
Button Meaning Description
C e
&
•On the default screen, press ESC for more than 5 seconds. Release the button when
Shutdown/B you hear a beep sound. The inverter shuts down. g
n menu (the default screen is
ESC ack
ni
•On any other screen, press ESC to return to the iupper-level
r a
T
the upper-level screen for the main menu screen).
▲ Press ▲ or ▼ to scroll upward or downward.

i
e You can set a value by using the list or
w
UP
▼
step increase or decrease.
u a
H
DOWN
•On the default screen innbypass mode, hold down

o
for more than 5 seconds.
t
Release the button when i you hear a beep sound. The UPS starts.
c a press The main menu is displayed.
•On the default iscreen,
Enter/Startu f
ti screen, press The lower-level menu is displayed. If the menu is the
r
Cean information screen is displayed.
p/Mute •On any menu
last level,
& the buzzer buzzes, hold down for 2–5 seconds. The buzzer is muted
g
•When
nwhen
n i you release the button. The mute function cannot mute the sound generated due
i
ra
to low battery capacity.
i T
e
Fault •When an alarm is generated, press i to view the active alarm information.
i windicator/IN
a FO button •When no alarm is generated, press i to return to the default screen.
Hu
Menu hierarchy n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Parameter Setting (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Mains Input Screen Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 Bypass Input Screen Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
Battery Status Screen a
it fic

er
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 UPS Output Screen Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 Local-UPS Load Screen Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 Active Alarms Screen Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 Settings Screen Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 Communication Screen Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 Basic Param. screen (single UPS scenario) Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o

ica system scenario)
Basic Param. screen (parallel
tr if
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 Bypass Param. Screen Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
 Battery Param. Screen ica
f ti
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
 UPS5000-A-(30-120K) Control Panel ei
aw
 UPS5000-E/S Control Panel H u
o n
3. UPS5000 Commissioningat i
i f ic
r t
4. Acceptance Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
LCD n
atio
if i c
r t
 The monitor display unit (MDU), located on the front door of the cabinet, Ce allows for
& and alarms, and
general UPS operations, parameter setting, viewing of running status
g
nin
so on.
ai
T r
e i
aw 1.Status indicator
Hu 2.LCD touchscreen
n
it o
ic a
ti f
Status Color e r Meaning
C
ON Red &A critical alarm has been generated, and the buzzer sounds
ing continuously.
Yellowin
r a A minor alarm has been generated, and the buzzer buzzes at 2 Hz.
i T
w e Green The UPS is running properly.
OFFua - The MDU is powered off.

H
Menu Hierarchy n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Main Menu n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
1 Status bar &
Displays the UPS model, capacity, configuration, current date and time, USB flash
ing
drive status, and buzzer status.
i n
2 Alarm bar r aDisplays active alarms in a scrolling list and the number of active alarms based on
i T severity. Tap the alarm icon area to open the active alarm page.
w e
3
areau a
Information Displays the power flow as well as key information such as load and battery
information. Tap the Bypass, Mains, Battery, and Load icons to view details.
H
Initial Start Settings (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Select a language.
Ce and time.
2. Set the date
&
g
nin
ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a After you select a language, click Next to set the date and time.
H
Initial Start Settings (2) n
atio
if i c
3. Set network parameters. r t
4. Set the systemeparameters.
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
a
The initialustart-up settings are complete. To set other parameters, enter the main menu Settings.
H
Other System Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 After initial start-up settings, check some important system C
parameters so e
&
that the system runs properly.
i ng
ain
 Enter the Settings menu.
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Common Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 C password.
On the Common screen, set the language, date, time, and user e
&
g setting. You need
Most of the parameters have been set during initial start-up
nin
only to set the user password. ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Communication Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Set IP address allocation to Manual or Automatic. You can change RS485 e
&
baud rate and RS485 address.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Basic Parameter Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 C will be
Select Single or Parallel. When you select Parallel, more menus e
&
displayed.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Advanced Parameter Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 C set them
Most of the parameters affect normal UPS running. Therefore, e
&
correctly.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Input Parameter Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 C limiting and
You can set input parameters, mainly including current e
&
D.G. settings. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Output Parameter Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 C mode.
On the Output Param. screen, set output parameters and output e
&
 g
You can adjust the output voltage within the range ofin±5%. The self-load
i n
mode is set here. r a
i T
w e
a
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Bypass Parameter Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 Set the bypass voltage and frequency range. C e
&
ng
 Set the ECO voltage range (ECO mode is set on the Advanced i Param. screen.)
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Battery Parameter Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 Set Battery string sharing as required. C e
&
 For Battery capacity, see the battery configurations. in g
ain
Most parameters involve the battery lifespan. Set T rthe parameters carefully.
i

w e
a
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Dry Contact Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 C to Enabled. If a
Before you set dry contact parameters, set MUE05 connection e
&
g
backfeed protection card is configured, set MUE06 connection to Enabled.
nin
ai
 If no optional component is configured, set the parameters
T r to Disabled to
prevent misoperations. e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Fast Settings n
atio
if i c
r t
 Fast settings refer to first start-up settings. Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Basic Operations (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C buzzer.
You can perform startup, shutdown and mute the
e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 View the information such as UPS running statusCand current
e
&
flow. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
 C
View the UPS alarm information. Analyze active alarms and
e
&
historical alarms to identify faults. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
4. Acceptance
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Single UPS Startup n
atio
if i c
r t
 After system settings, start and commission the UPS. C e
&
g
nin
Step 5
ai
Step 4
T r Continuous, pure,
e i Start loads and stable power
Step 4
aw
Hu
Turn on the battery switch.
n
it o Turn on the battery switch. The Battery Disconnected alarm
Step 3
ic a will be cleared after 1 minute, and the running status is
f
tithe inverter.
Battery charging.
Step 2
r
e operations on the LCD to run the UPS in normal mode. Check that
Start
CPerform
& the UPS runs properly.
g
Step 1Step 1
n in
Set parameters and check the system status.
i
TraSet system parameters and view the LCD. Normally, there is only Battery Disconnected alarm.
e i
Turn on the main and bypass input switches.
a w
H u
The indicator of each module starts. The LCD powers on. Huawei logo is displayed. One minute later, the operation
screen is displayed. The Battery Disconnected alarm is displayed.
Single UPS Shutdown n
atio
if i c
r t
Check that the loads have shut down. After you
C e
shut down the bypass module, the UPS will supply
&
ng
no power. To continue supplying power, use
i
ain 5
T r
Step
e i The loads power off
Step 4a
w completely. The MDU
H u and indicators turn off.
n
it o
a. Turn off the input switch SWIN.
Step 3
a
fi ic
b. Turn off the bypass switch SWBY.
r t
Ce
Step 2 Turn off the battery string switch.
&
ing Turn off the output or load switch.
Step 1
in
r a
i T
w e
Shut down loads.
a
Hu Keep the UPS running without loads to dissipate its heat.
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
4. Acceptance
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Acceptance Preparations n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
Acceptance checklist
aw Multimeter
used to record data.
Hu Used to check electrical
connections and measures
on
Tools electrical properties.
t i
ica
t i f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
Clamp meter
r a ESD gloves
i T
Used to measure the cross current Used to prevent electric
w e
and other electrical properties. shocks.
u a
H
Critical Check Items and Check n
tio
Methods (1) tif i c a
e r
C
 The UPS is firmly attached to the ground
Mechanical installation and
&
cable connection
ng
without visible gap. The spring washers are
flattened. ni
a i
Input and output power
T r a multimeter to two terminals to
i
 Connect
e
wcheck whether they are short-circuited.
cables
u a
H
n
AC input phase sequence  If the cables are connected in wrong phase
it o sequence, the LCD displays an error
ic a
t i f message. To rectify the fault, switch two
r
Battery positive and
Ce
phases.
negative terminals
&  Use a multimeter to measure the DC voltage

g
n locking of a parallel
i
Phase on the UPS battery input terminals
a in
system
Tr (BAT+/BAT-).
e i  In normal mode or battery mode, two UPS
a w in a parallel system provide output voltages
H u with a gap of less than 5 V in each phase.
Critical Check Items and Check n
tio
Methods (2) tif i c a
e r
 Cables are routed straightly and bound neatly,
Cable layout C
&
and sufficient space is reserved for installing new
g
in
cables.
n
i cables are correctly
r a
 The communication
Communications cable T
i and the UPS data can be read on the
e
connected
w equipment.
a
upper-layer
Neutral-ground voltage
Hu
 Use a multimeter to check whether the neutral-
n
it o ground voltage is less than 5 V AC.
a
it fic
Cable labeler
C  Cable labels provide simple and clear instructions.
&
ing
in
a
r Functions
 Commission the UPS based on the Engineer
i T Guide. Check whether the UPS functions
w e properly.
u a
H
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
1. In delivery acceptance, which items require checkingCbefore power- e
&
on? i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 Check Before Powering On the UPS Ce
&
i ng
 UPS5000 Control Panel
ain
Tr
 UPS5000 Commissioning e i
aw
Hu
 Acceptance
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
Battery Application ing &
in
Knowledge Introduction
ei
T r a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 C battery,and
The chapter describes classification of data center
e
&
characteristics of battery, configuration andintroubleshooting g
ain
etc. T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
ng
 Understand battery products in data center i
i n
r a
 Understand definition of battery technical
T
i specifications
w e
a
 Understand battery routine maintenance
Hu
n
 Understand battery troubleshooting it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Battery products in Data Center Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
3. Configuration and Installation e i
aw
Hu
4. Routine maintenance
n
it o
5. Troubleshooting a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Structure of Battery Pack n
atio
if i c
r t
Exterior
Ce
Backplane terminal
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
Interior
n
it o
a
rit fic 1. Battery pack busbar
C e 2. Ground nut
& 3. 2-pole circuit breaker
ing 4. Mounting ear

in
r a 5. Battery pack terminals
i T
w e
u a ESS-36V7Ah(12V)*2-BPVBB Battery Pack
H
Copyright © 2017 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved. Page
Page 50612
Structure of Battery Box n
atio
if i c
r t
Exterior Ce
Backplane terminal
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
it fic
Interior
er (1) Hole
C (2) Circuit breaker

& (3) Battery port 1
ing
n (4) Battery port 2 or host port
r ai
i T
w e
a ESS-96V40Ah(12V)*1-BBNBB
Hu
Structure of 12V Battery Strings n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
e
w V, 40 Ah battery strings
u a
192 348 V, 100 Ah battery strings
H
Structure of 2V Battery Strings n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a 348 V, 300 Ah battery strings
H
Classification of UPS Battery n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
Common Battery Application
ng
Classification Power Application Scenario
i
Configuration Area
ain
Personal computers (PCs),
Tr
terminals, work stations, servers,
Automated Teller Machines (ATMs), e i
Small-capacity
≤ 20 kVA network systems, office aw 12 V battery pack Indoor or
UPS
H
equipment, medical systems,u or battery box outdoor
monitoring systems, and
n
it o
communications systems.
a
it fic
Finance and security centers, large
Medium-
capacity UPS
20–200
kVA er
medical equipment, management
information system shelters (MISs),
12 V or 2 V battery
string
Indoor
C
&
and computer working stations.
n g
Large-capacity i
> 200inkVA
Large data center such as finance
and security center and Telecom
12 V or 2 V battery
Indoor
UPS
T ra hub center.
string
e i
a w
Hu
Application Scenarios of Small-Capacity n
it o
Battery Packs tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
UPS
r Battery pack
e i TUPS
w
Hua
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e Battery pack
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e Rack-mounting Tower-mounting
u a
H
Application Scenarios of Medium- n
t io
Capacity Battery Packs tif
i c a
e r
C
UPS &UPS
i ng
Battery
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing Battery
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Application Scenarios of Large-Capacity n
it o
Battery Packs tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
Distributor cabinet n
iBattery
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
n
it o
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Technical Specifications (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Rated capacity: also called nominal capacity, the minimum capacity of a e
&
g
storage battery discharge as required by the national standard or industrial
nin
standard. ai
T r
i
Real-time capacity: the capacity that the fullyecharged storage batteries

aw
u
provide when the voltage drops to theHend-of-discharge voltage under certain
n
circumstance of discharging, in the
it o unit of Ah or Wh.
ic a
 Rated voltage: the rounded-off f
tr i value to of the battery voltage. For example,
the rated voltage of oneCVRLAe cell is 2 V.
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 C batteries are
Equalized charging voltage and float voltage: Generally, storage e
&
charged at a constant voltage and limited current. Floatg charging applies to
n in
long time charging, and equalized charging applies ai to boost charging.
T r
Equalized charging and float charging can switch e i between each other. The
aw
equalized charging voltage and float voltage
H u that Huawei adopts is 2.35 V/cell
and 2.25 V/cell respectively. n
it o
i
Temperature compensation coefficient:c a Ambient temperature affects the

t i f
r
Ce A coefficient is needed to adjust the voltage to
battery charging condition.
&
ensure that storagegbatteries are fully charged. This coefficient is called
n
i ni
temperature compensation coefficient. The default value is –3.3 mV/cell x ℃.
a
Tr
When the itemperature range is 5–45°C, it should be compensated.
w e
a
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 End-of-discharge voltage: the protection voltage that is set C
to prevent the e
battery from overcharging. A battery stops discharginggwhen the discharge
&
nin
voltage reaches the end-of-discharge voltage. ai
T r
Design lifetime: the expected battery service e
i
life that is calculated based on

w
a valve, and the aging rate of seal
the plate corrosion, battery fluid loss, safety H u
n
adhesive in standard condition when
it o the storage battery is designed.
ic a
 Float charging service life: the f
tr i service life of the battery before the specific
functions become disable Ceat a specified condition of float charging.
&
g
n of charge-discharge cycles that storage battery does
 Cycle life: the number i
a in function becomes disabled at a specified condition.
r
before its specific
T
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
T r
aw
H u
n
it o
5. Troubleshooting ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Formula for Calculating the Number nof
t io
Batteries tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
W: the power of one battery string (W)
Tr
Q: the nominal power (kVA)
e i
δ: the load efficiency of one battery string (%)
aw
ρ: the inverter efficiency (%).
Hu
C: the total capacity of battery strings (Ah)
n
T: the backup time (h) it o
a
V: the nominal battery string voltage (V)
rit fic
e
η: the coefficient of the discharging capacity of storage batteries (%)
C
Backup Time（h） 0.083 & 0.167 0.25 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
η（%）
ing32 45 52 60 65 69 72 75 77
Backup Time（h in 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0
r a
η（%）
i T 80 85 90 92 95 98 100 101
w e of battery cells in a battery string (cell)

n: the number
u
U: the adischarge power of one battery cell (W/cell)
H
Configuration Examples (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
If a project requires a 348 V 60 kVA UPS that is capable C
of providing e
&
g storage batteries?
backup power for 1 hour, how should we configure the
nin
ai
1、 Set the value of the parameters
Tr
e i
Q: the nominal power, 60 K ,
aw
δ: the load efficiency, 80% Hu
n
ρ: the inverter efficiency, 92% it o
a
T: the backup time, 1 h
r it fic
C e
V: the nominal battery string voltage, 384 V
&
g
nthe discharge capacity of storage batteries, 65%
η: the coefficient of i
a in
T r
Vc: the end-of-discharge voltage of one battery cell, 1.75/cell
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
2、Calculation procedure C e
&
g
nare needed based on
(1) Calculate the total power of the storage batteries that
ni
ai
the nominal power, load efficiency, and inverter efficiency
T r of the configured UPS.
Q δ 60 1000  0.80 ei
W
ρ

0.92 u aw  52174 （W）
H
o n
i
t battery strings that are needed based on
(2) Calculate the total capacity of the
ic a
i f
t time, and the nominal voltage of battery strings.
the total battery power, backup
er
C
Cg&
W  T 52174 1
  231（Ah）
in Vr η 348  0.65
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
(3) Calculate the number of battery cells based on the nominalCvoltage of a e
&
battery string of the configured UPS. g
nin
i
n  Vr / 2  348 / 2  174 （cell）ra
i T
w e
u a
(4) Calculate the discharge power of one battery H cell based on the total battery
o n
power and the number of battery cells i
t of the battery strings.
ic a
t
U  W / n r52174i f / 174  300(W / cell )
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
(5) Select the storage batteries with similar specifications from C
the UPS battery e
&
g
resource pool and determine the corresponding battery configurations when the
nin
number of battery strings is less than or equal to fourabased i on the measured
T r
total battery string capacity. e i
w
a Huawei adopt are 12 V 26, 40,
Currently, the battery specifications of UPSs H uthat
65, 100, or 150 Ah, or 2 V 200, 300,o400, n or 500 Ah.
it
ic a
t i f Battery
Battery r
e String Power of d
Battery Battery Measure
Number
Capacit
Matched
UPS Backup
String C
Load Inverter of
y of
Battery Battery
Power Time
Voltage &
Power Efficiency
Power Each Cell Capacity
Battery
Each
Specificati Type
g Strings on
in 0.92 52173.91 299.85 230 1 230 300 2
348 in 0.8
Cell
ra 0.8 0.92 52173.91 149.93 230 2 115 150 12

60 1
60 1
i T
348
60 1 we 348 0.8 0.92 52173.91 99.95 230 3 77 100 12
60 u
1
a 348 0.8 0.92 52173.91 74.96 230 4 58 65 12
H
atio
if i c
r t
C for different
(6) Calculate the deviation of constant power discharge parameters e
&
g
configurations respectively based on the constant power discharge data,
nin
discharge time, end-of-discharge voltage of storage batteries ai of each cell in the
T r
battery specifications. e i
a w
UPS
Backup Battery
Load Inverter String
Battery
u
Battery
Number Battery
H of Measured of Capacity Configuration
Time String Power
Power
(h) Voltage
Power Efficiency Power
(w)io
n Each Cell
Capacity Battery of Each Specifications
a t Strings Cell
60 1 348 0.8
f i
0.92 52173.91
i c 299.85 230 1 230 300 Ah×1
r t 52173.91 149.93 230
60 1 348 0.8 e
0.92
C
2 115 150 Ah×2
60 1 348 0.8
& 0.92 52173.91 99.95 230 3 77 100 Ah×3
60 1 348
ing 0.92 52173.91 74.96 230
0.8 4 58 65 Ah ×4
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
(7) Configuration principles C e
① A maximum of four battery strings can be connected ing parallel.
&
n in
② Select the 12 V storage batteries if the set value rof ai constant power meets the
requirements. i T
w e
③ Configure 2 battery strings if the set value u a of power meets the requirements.
H
The deviation of the total battery string capacity is less than or equal to 15%.
o n
④The maximum tolerance for theaconstant t i power is –10%.
i f ic
⑤ If the set value of power emeets r t the requirements, select the configuration
C
with the highest satisfaction& degree of power or the fewest battery strings as the
ing
main solution for supporting optimal battery technical performance.
a in
⑥ The requirements
T r on the value of end-of-discharge voltage of storage
e i cell:
batteries in each
a w Backup Time (h) <1 1–3 ≥3
H u End-of-discharge Voltage (V/cell) 1.67 1.75 1.8
atio
if i c
r t
C
(8) Based on the satisfaction degree of constant power of different e
configurations and the configuration principles, the batteryg configuration
&
n in
specifications of the 348 V, 60 kVA UPS with one hour ai backup time is:
T r
First choice: Two 348 V, 150 Ah Meimei battery e i strings
aw
Second choice: Two 348 V, 150 Ah Shuangdeng Hu battery strings
o n
i
t Power of One Deviation Deviation of Deviation of
Configuration
Power of One Power of One
ic a
Specifications i f
Meimei Battery Shuangdeng
t Cell
Dengta Battery of Meimei Shuangdeng Dengta
Cell r
Battery
e 311
Cell Batteries Batteries Batteries
300 Ah×1 /
C 386 / 3.72% 28.73%
150 Ah×2 200
124.9 g
& 178 / 33.40% 18.73% /
100 Ah×3
in 123 / 24.96% 23.06% /
65 Ah ×4
i n
87.5 81.1 / 16.73% 8.19% /
T ra
e i
SD GFM-300 DT GFM-300 BB BP150-12 SD 6-GFM-150
a w
Hu
SD 6-GFM-100 BB BP100-12
Installation Environment Requirements n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
 Ambient temperature range: –15°C to +45°C Ce
&
g
 Relative humidity: ≤ 95%
nin
ai
Storage batteries should be installed in clean, cool, T r and dry environments
i

with proper ventilation. Do not install storage e

w batteries in the following places:
u a
H
(1) Places near heat sources or exposed to direct sunlight
o n
(2) Places that are damp at i
i f ic
(3) Places with dust er
t
C
&
(4) Places thatgare enclosed
n in
i
awith corrosive materials or organic substances
(5) Places
T r
e i
a w
H u
Installation Requirements (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Preparations C e
&
Only trained personnel who understand the operation ofng
UPS and other

ni
i
precautions for safety are allowed to install storage abatteries.
T r
Installing personnel must follow the industry security e i operating specifications,
aw

operating precautions, and specific safetyuinstructions for UPS system and UPS
batteries.
H
o n
i
t properly insulated; otherwise battery short
Before installation, tools must be
ic a
i f
t the safety of personnel for installation.
circuits may occur, and affectr
Ce
 Requirements on Checking & Storage Batteries before Installation
n g
Before opening i ni the battery box, check whether the package of the batteries is
rapackage is damaged, check the appearance of batteries one by one to

i T
intact. If the
e
w that the battery to be installed is intact.
ensure
a
Hu
Installation Requirements (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Requirements on Checking Storage Batteries before Installation e
&

ng and fittings are
After opening the battery box, check whether the batteries
i
i n
complete. For any questions, contact the manufacturer
r a immediately.
i T
e
Check the appearance of each battery before installation. Replace the batteries
awthose with acid liquid or splodges on

that are deformed, cracked, or damaged,uor

the surface.
H
o n
For details about how to installathe
i
t battery strings, see the installation flowchart on
ic

t i f
page 35 to page 40.
e r
C

& batteries, ensure that the open circuit voltage of a 12 V
Before installing storage
storage batteryin
g
is higher than or equal to 12.60 V, and that of a 2 V storage
a in than or equal to 2.10 V. If the open circuit voltage is lower than
r
battery is greater
T
e i value, recharge the storage batteries.
the required
a w
Hu
Installation Precautions (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Only the trained personnel who understand the operating methods and e
&
g
precautions of UPS system and storage batteries are allowed to install storage
nin
batteries. ai
T r
At least two persons are required to install storage e i batteries.

aw
 H
Before operation, read carefully the configuration
u manual and user manual of
n and precautions of installing batteries
batteries and understand the operation it o
ic a
to avoid accidents.
ti f
r
Storage batteries generate Ce inflammable gas (hydrogen) when they are
&

g
ntherefore the installation position of batteries must be
charged or stored; i
a in and keeps the storage battery at least 1 m away from
r
properly ventilated,
T
e i (fuses and power switches) and heat sources.
spark sources
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 When installing batteries, wrap the insulation tape over theCmetal tools e
(handles), and personnel should take off metal articles.g
&
n in
To ensure good heat dissipation, keep a distancerof ai at least 10 mm between
T

two storage batteries. e i

aw

u
Connect storage batteries in series, andHthen in parallel.
o n
When connecting storage batteries, i
t tighten the screws to a specified torque.

ic a
t i f

er
After connecting battery strings, check whether the screws are tightened at
C
each node from positive & to negative plate. And then another person checks
i
the screws from negativeng to positive terminals.
i n
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 C first. After
When connecting battery cables, connect internal battery cables e
&
g of battery strings
connecting internal cables and make sure the total voltage
n in
are correct, connect cables between battery strings ai and the charger or loads.
T r
If a storage battery is used for the first time, set e i the battery capacity correctly

aw
on the control panel of the UPS. Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Installation Procedure (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
Installing 348 V, 150 Ah battery strings Ce
Connecting internal battery cables for 348 V, 150 Ah
&
battery strings
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
C e
1. Determine the installation position based on the installation diagrams. Keep a battery string 700 mm
away from surrounding objects for ease of maintenance. &
Check the installation diagrams to determine the depth and width of n g
2.
i expansion bolts at the bottom
aintighten them.
r
of battery rack. Insert the expansion bolts into the ground and then
T
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
3. Install the side brackets of battery rack and hold them using two hands Ce as the figure of
&
installing battery strings.
g
nin
4. Install the pallets of battery rack from bottom to top, and itighten each screw.
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
5. Install the balustrades and diagonal brace on one side of battery rack Ceand tighten each
&
screw.
g
nin
6. Check the wiring diagrams, and install storage batteries in ithe inner part of the first
r a
layer. i T
w e
u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
7. Install batteries in the outer part of the first layer. C e
&
8. After installing batteries on the first layer, install batteries upperg layer by referring to the
nin
wiring diagrams.
ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
9. Install the balustrade and diagonal brace at the front side, and tighten Cethe screws.
&
10. Connect cables between storage batteries on the same layer,gand then on different
nin
layers.
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
11. Install the battery switch box at a specified position on the batteryCrack e and tighten the
&
screws.
g
nin
12. Connect the positive and negative output power cables between
ai battery strings and
T r
the switch box.
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Pre-installation Checklist n
atio
if i c
r t
No. Check That
Ce Pass
&
1 The installation environment and operating environment meet related requirements. □Yes □No
2 i ng
No cracks, oil stains, bulging, and acid leak are found on the surface of each storage
□Yes □No
battery.
ain
3 Tr
The open circuit voltage of each storage battery is higher than 2.1 V for a 2 V
□Yes □No
storage battery and 12.6 V for a 12 V storage battery.
e i
4
aw
Battery strings are installed based on the wiring diagrams. □Yes □No
H u
The open circuit voltage of each battery string meets the requirements on AC input
5 □Yes □No
of UPS system.
o n
i
t tightened to a specified torque.
6 The nodes on the battery string loops are
a
icloop using battery discharge test, infrared
□Yes □No
i f
7
Check each node on the battery
rt
thermometer, and temperatureethermometer.
□Yes □No
The batteries with differentC capacity, specifications, or of different batches or
8 & in the same battery string. □Yes □No
g
manufacturers are not used
n in plates of battery string output terminals and the battery

The positive and negative
9 i
switch box inputaterminals are connected properly.
□Yes □No
T r screws are tightened on the battery rack or battery cabinet.

10
e
Alarm labelsi of high voltage are placed on the battery rack or battery cabinet.
The battery terminal
□Yes □No
w the waste produced during the installation. No conductive objects are
Clean aup
Hu around the storage batteries.
11 □Yes □No
placed
Common Installation Tools n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
n
it o
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Operation Requirements n
atio
if i c
r t
 Recommended temperature range: 20–30°C C e
&
Temperature difference between layers: ≤ 3ºC g
in

i n
 Ventilation: the hydrogen concentration around storage r abatteries is lower than 1%
i T
 Battery: intact exterior and terminals
w e
u a
 Open circuit voltage: > 2.10 V/cell H
Number of battery strings in parallel: ≤o4 n

it
ic a
 Distances between batteries: ≥ 10
ti f mm
r
 Use of storage batteries: old Ceand new storage batteries cannot be mixed. Storage
&manufacturers also cannot be mixed.
batteries from different
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Storage Requirements n
atio
if i c
r t
 Temperature: –15°C to +45°C C e
&
g
Environment: clean, dry, and cool environment with proper ventilation, away from heat
in

i n
sources, and not directly exposed to sunlight
r a
T

ei storage batteries should be
Time: stored for a maximum of six months, otherwise
w
recharged. u a
H

n that are stored for more than six months:
Requirements for handling storage batteries
t io
Time a Requirements
≤ 6 months Requires ific
rt no handling and should be used as soon as possible
e
C recharging and should be used as soon as possible
6–12 months Requires
&
g
12–18 monthsn Requires activation and should be used as soon as possible
n i
a i
r
> 18 months Should be discarded and recycled
T storage batteries before storing them.
Fully chargei used

w e
u a
H
Precautions for Moving Storage n
tio
Batteries (1) t if i c a
 Storage batteries are heavy; therefore, choose proper tools before C
r
e the batteries.
moving
Use a motor pallet truck or manual pallet truck to move a box of&storage batteries.
ng
i
Manual transportation is allowed only for one storage battery,
ain and two people are
T r
required if the battery is too heavy.
e i
Move storage battery gently. Do not roll and cast a wbatteries, and ensure the safety of
Hu

humans and equipment.

o n
i
When moving a storage battery, holdt its handle. If handles are not provided, hold the

a
bottom of the storage battery. tDofi icnot hold battery terminals.
e r
If one battery is too heavy,Ctwo persons are required to carry it using lifting strap.
&

n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Precautions for Moving Storage n
tio
Batteries (2) tif i c a
e r
Correct moving: Incorrect moving: C
&
Hoist a storage battery.
ng
Hold the battery handles. Do not hold the battery terminals.
i
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
Hu
n
it o
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Troubleshooting (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
e
CMeasures
Fault Maintain If
&
g
n charge the storage battery
Storage
During discharging, the discharge voltage of a
n i
1. Forcibly
in iequalized
batteries with
faulty storage battery falls rapidly, causing the a charging mode.
r 2. Lower the DOD.
the lower
lack of backup time of the whole battery string. i T
voltage
w e 3. Replace the storage battery.
Acid leakage occurs on the surface of the
u a 1. Retrieve the causes.
Battery leaks
terminal post, shell, and valve. H 2. Replace the storage battery.
n
it o 1. Replace the storage batteries and
Battery a report the causes.
it fic
The storage battery is deformed and bulged,
thermal 2. Check the parameters of battery
runaway er
and there are many faulty batteries.
management.
C
& 3. Configure an air conditioner.
ing
The appearance is normal. The charge current 1. Forcibly charge the storage battery
in
of the battery string is low. The open circuit in equalized charging mode.
r a
Sulfate
T
voltage of the faulty battery is lower than 1.5
i
2. Lower the DOD.
w eV/cell. The charge voltage of the seriously 3. Configure a D.G..
u a damaged battery is higher than 2.5 V/cell. 4. Replace the storage battery.
H
Troubleshooting (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
Fault Maintain If e
CMeasures
&
g
in
Short circuits
The appearance is normal. The charge voltage of
inside
i n
storage
the faulty battery is lower than 2 V/cell.
r a
Replace the storage battery.
The open circuit voltage is lower than 1 V/cell.
i T
batteries
w e
The appearance is normal. There is no current
u a
Disconnectio during the charge. The discharging transientH 1. Check the nodes of battery string
n of Battery
n
voltage falls to 0 and the storage battery cannot one by one.
strings it o
discharge. A failure alarm is generated when 2. Replace the faulty nodes.
a
it fic
battery strings disconnect.
er
The appearance is normal. The charge and
Battery C
discharge voltage of a storage battery is normal
& Replace the battery, because its
ng
capacity and the storage battery has strong consistency.
service life ends.
attenuation i
However, the discharge time is shorter than
n
a i
r
expected.
T
e i
a w
H u
Common Failures (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
Insufficient charge
Sulfating
ain
Tr
for a long time and
e i
frequent
aw
overcharge
H
Large lead sulfate
u Features of battery sulfating:
Storage batteries are difficult to
n
it o
charge. After dissection, the
a negative plate is found to turn
rit fic white, and the positive plate is
CeCorrosion of
Overvoltage of found to turn red.
charging and &
overcharging for ian g grids
n
long time ai r
i T
w e Oxidization
a
Hu
Copyright © 2017 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved. Page
Page 55049
Common Failures (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
Storage batteries are
&
frequently overcharged.
ng
Storage batteries are not Active
substances i ni
fully charged for a long time. drop. Tr
a
Plates are assembled loosely. i
Used for aeperiod of time
a w
Hu
1.The ambient temperature is n
too high.The charging voltage it o
a
loses control. fic ti
r
Ce Thermal
&battery
2.Storage batteries are
overheated, and the g runaway
in
in decreases.
internal resistance Vicious cycle
T ra
e i
3.The current becomes
a w
larger.The temperature
Hu
becomes higher.
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
C
1. Which of the following factors affect the battery lifespan? e
&
A. ambient temperature i ng
ain
B. number of cycles Tr
e i
C. depth of discharge aw
Hu
D. ambient humidity n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 Battery products in Data Center Ce
&
i ng
 Technical Specifications
ain
Tr
 Configuration and Installation e i
aw
Hu
 Routine maintenance
n
it o
Troubleshooting a
it fic

er
C
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
More Information n
atio
if i c
r t
 C Technical
&
Support.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
Huawei
u a
H
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
t
UPS5000 Routine &
C e r
g
Maintenance and rainin
i T
Troubleshooting awe
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 This chapter mainly introduces the maintenance Cof UPS5000
e
&
and the common fault handling. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
g
 Get key points of UPS and battery maintenance;
nin
ai
T r
 Recognize fault type;
e i
aw
 Deal with typical faults.
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Routine Maintenance C e
&
ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
 Maintenance Bypass Switch it o and Hot-Swap
ic a
i f
2. Troubleshooting ert
C
&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Supreme Maintenance Principle and n
t io
Precautions tif
i c a
e r
 Supreme principle: Ensure that the UPS supplies continuous C AC power to
&
loads. g
nin
ai
 Precautions:
T r
e i
 Before operating the UPS, take off metal articles,
aw such as rings, watches, and
necklaces.
H u
Note: If there are metal parts on yournemployee card ribbon, take off your card ribbon before

t io
maintenance.
ic a
f
ti conductor, check that the conductor does not carry a
 Before touching an electricale r
C
&
current by using a multimeter.
g
n disconnect power inputs such as batteries, mains, and bypass

i ni
Before maintenance,
from the T ra or turn off electrical switches. Wait about 5 minutes for electrical
UPS,
e i
w
discharge.
a
Hu
Objective for Maintenance n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
Rectifying UPS faults and
i ng
ensuring secure running
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
Ensuring the UPS Maximizing the
n
it o
electrical performance efficiency and utilization
and extending the
a of the UPS
service life.
r it fic
C e Objective
&
g
n for the UPS5000 series ensures optimal operation
 Proper maintenance
i ni
and a longer T raservice life.
e i
a w
Hu
Principle for Maintenance n
atio
if i c
r t
Checking the
exterior before C e
Asking before the interior &
ng
action Checking mechanical
iconnections before
ain cable connections
Tr
e i
w
Checking
a
Checking peripheral circuits
statically before
dynamically
Hu before determining internal
faults
n
it o
ica
Cleaning before Rectifying faults
tr if
maintenance before commissioning
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a Priority principle for maintenance
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
ic a
i f
C
&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS Routine Maintenance (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Routine maintenance Ce
&
UPS maintenance i ng
in

r a
 Vulnerable component maintenance
i T
w e
 Environmental check
u a
H
 UPS maintenance n
it o
a
Check the UPS indicators andcbuzzer.
i fi

Check whether the UPS e

t
r properly in normal mode.
runs
C

&
ng
 Check whether the load type and load power are out of the UPS range.
i
a in alarms and historical alarms on the UPS.
Check the active
r

T
i component maintenance

w e
Vulnerable
a
u Check the fan rotation, for example, noises and abnormal speed.
HFans:

UPS Routine Maintenance (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Environmental check C e
&

ngworks properly and
Check whether the air conditioner in the equipment room
i
i n
whether the ambient temperature in the equipmentaroom is high. If the ambient
T r
temperature exceeds 40°C, take measures to lower
e i the temperature.
a w
 Check whether the equipment room is damp.
H u If the humidity is greater than 90%
RH or you feel that the equipment room is damp, start a dehumidifier.
o n
t i
Check dust and smell inside theaequipment room. Eliminate the factors that affect

ic
UPS secure running. tr if
C e
 Check that the AC input & voltage or frequency is in the normal range.
n g
i
n and connectors are intact and secure, free from deterioration,

i
Check that cables
damage, T ra
disconnection, and spark signs.
e i
a w
H u
UPS Weekly Maintenance n
atio
if i c
r t
 Measure and record the input voltage and current. C e
&
g
 Measure and record the battery charge voltage and current.
nin
ai
Measure and record the UPS output voltage andTreach-phase current and load
i

power. Check and record the load power changes w e periodically.

u a
 H
Check that input and output terminals are securely connected and that cables
o n
i
are intact. If cables are damaged,t identify the cause and take appropriate
ic a
measures, such as rat prevention f
ti measures.
er

C
Check and record the&UPS running temperature and humidity.
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS Quarterly/Yearly Maintenanceation
i f ic
rt

Ce
Power off the UPS, and transfer the UPS to maintenance bypass mode.
&
Turn off the mains input switch and battery switch. g
in

 Check that the mains input terminals, battery terminals,raoutput i n terminals, and bypass
i T
input terminals have no voltage.
w e
Open the UPS door and internal protective cover. u a Check that the cables for the power
H

distribution unit are intact and secure. n

t io
i a
After all checks, clear dust off thecmodules, and reinstall the modules in the cabinet.
f

r t i
Reconnect the mains input toe the UPS. Start the UPS. Transfer the UPS to normal mode.
C

&
If there are an input transformer and an output transformer, check that cable

n g
i
n without rust or corrosion.
i
connectors are secure,
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
ic a
i f
C
&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
 Precautions C e
&
g
 Before battery maintenance, get the tools, such as
nina handle, insulated. Do
ai
not place metal tools on exposed battery terminals.
T r
e i
 Never use any organic solvent to cleanabatteries. w
H u
Never try to remove the safety valve or fill anything into batteries.
n

io
t battery strings.
 Never smoke or use fire around
ic a
t i f
After battery discharge, er charge batteries within 24 hours to ensure a
C

&
required battery capacity.
ing
a
Only professionalsin are allowed to perform maintenance.

T r
e i
a w
H u
atio
if i c
r t
 Monthly Maintenance C e
&
g
 Keep the battery room clean.
n in
ai system.
Check battery management parameters on the power

T r
e i voltage, battery voltage, and

aw
Check the battery room temperature, battery string
charge current.
Hu
n overheating, shell damage, and acid leaks.
it o
Check each battery for terminal damage,

a
Quarterly Maintenance ific

r t
Quarterly maintenance Ce tasks include monthly maintenance tasks.
&

g
If there are moren than two batteries with a voltage lower than 2.15 V after

n i
i
aadjustment, charge the battery string in equalized charging mode
temperature r
TLCD).
e
(over thei
w
a discharging test.
H
 u
Battery
atio
if i c
r t
 Yearly Maintenance C e
&
g
Yearly maintenance tasks include quarterly maintenance
nin tasks.
ai
Check every joint. T r

e i
Discharge the battery string completely. a w
Hu

Three-Yearly Maintenance n
io

t
a tasks include yearly maintenance tasks.
Three-yearly maintenance f ic
ti

r
Perform a capacity test Ce (10 h) every three years. If the actual discharge
&
n g
capacity of a battery string is lower than 80% of the rated value, the
i
a in is considered out of service. Perform a capacity test every
r
battery string
T
e i the UPS has been used for six years.
year after
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
ic a
i f
C
&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Operations on the Maintenance Bypass n
it o
Switch tif
i c a
e r
 To transfer the UPS to maintenance bypass mode, perform C the
&
following steps: g
nin
ai
 Transfer the UPS to bypass mode.
T r
Turn on the maintenance switch SWMB. e i

aw
 Remove the faulty module. Wait aboutH5u minutes for electrical discharge
n
it o
before maintain it.
f ica
To transfer the UPS from imaintenance bypass mode to normal mode,
tr

perform the followingCsteps: e

&
Check there is nogalarm for bypass module, and the bypass input is normal.
in

i n
Turn off ther amaintenance switch SWMB.
T

i
e the UPS to normal mode.
Transfer

a w
H u
UPS Hot Swap n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
The UPS uses module design. In most cases, you can hot-swap e
&
modules to rectify faults. i ng
ain
Hot swap method: Tr

e i
w four screws that tighten the
Turn off the ready switch, and removeathe

H u
module. After 30 seconds, remove the module to maintain it.
n
it o
Before you insert the module
ic a into the cabinet, ensure that the ready
f

t i
r module into the cabinet gently. Tighten the four
switch is OFF. Insert the
C e
screws. Turn on the & ready switch.
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
UPS Hot Swap - Removing a Module n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
1. Turn off the ready switch .
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
2. Remove the module. When half of the module is taken Hu
out, lower your speed.
n
it o
3. When the module lock is near the exit, press down the
a
it fic
lock while removing the module.
er
C
&
ng
Note: Each power module is 32 kg.
n i Two persons are required to move it.
a i
T r
e i
Press the
a w
H u
phase lock.
UPS Hot Swap - Inserting a Moduleation
i f ic
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
1. Turn off the ready switch.
r it fic
C e
2. Insert the module into the slot gently until it is fully seated.
&
3. Turn on the ready switch.
n g
i
4. Tighten the screws fornithe mounting brackets.
T ra a module into the cabinet, check
Note: Before you
e i insert
that thewready switch is OFF.
u a
H
UPS Hot Swap - Precautions n
atio
if i c
r t
 Note the following: C e
&

ngECU, rotate the lock on
Before you hot-swap a power module, bypass module, or
i
i n
the front of the module to a specified position. If you
r a hot-swap a module without
i T will possibly be damaged or
rotating the lock to the specified position, the module
w e
not run properly.
u a
H
After you remove the power module, wait about 5 minutes before you open the

o n
t i
module to maintain it.
ic a
i f
t it is inserted and configured completely (the green
The ECU works 1 minute after r
Ce controller panel blinks at 0.5 Hz or is steady on).

indicator on the centralized

&
g
n remove and reinsert the ECU rapidly. Otherwise, power failures
Therefore, do not
i
a inparallel signal reporting will occur.
and incorrect
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Troubleshooting
ain
Tr
aw
 Alarms View and Collection Hu
n
Replacing Modules it o

a
rit fic
 Typical Cases
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Troubleshooting Process n
atio
if i c
r t
Report faults
C e
Fault record
&
Record faults
g
n (panel information) bypass
i
UPS status
ain amplitude fast check

Record environment date
T r
voltage
ei UPS input and output and battery

Identify fault type
w
ua
parameters check
Internal cause H Status of all switches and circuit breakers

External cause
o n
t i
ic a
Components damaged and Environment Condition Record
t i f
cable disconnected
r
CeIdentify fault module
Identify and rectify Ventilation
faults
& Ambient temperature
ing Replace fault module Installation clearance

in
r a Surrounding environment
i T Battery cable distribution

N
w e Normal
u a Y Load name, type, and rated power
H Start up
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Troubleshooting
ain
Tr
aw
n

a
rit fic
 Typical Cases
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Fault Information Collection and n
it o
Diagnosis tif
i c a
e r
 Collect fault information onsite by following the troubleshooting C
&
g
flowchart
nin
ai
Power system status (panel information). Tr
i

e
w of the power system.
Actual input, output, and battery parameters
u a
Status of all switches and circuit breakers.
H

n
it o
Record: ic a
f

r ti
Ventilation, ambient e temperature;
C

&
ng
Installation clearance;

n i
Dust and a ihumidity;
r

T
i and output power cables; cable diameters; insulation layer; wiring terminals;
w

e
Input
a
Hu
Load name, type, and rated power (available from the customer).

Local Collection n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
o n menus are displayed. Typically, you need
After you choose UPS Wizard, the following
i
atalarm information.
to export logs, fault data, E-labels, and
ic
t i f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Remote Collection over the WebUIat(1)n
io
i f ic
rt
Ce
View the UPS IP address on the LCD.
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
o n
i
After network connection, access the aIPt address in Internet Explorer. Open the Web page,
i f ic
enter the user name and password.
r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
io
i f ic
rt
Ce
On the web user interface (WebUI), click Help.
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
The following page is displayed. ClickonVersion Detail.
t i
ica
t i f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
io
i f ic
rt
Ce
UPS version information
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
uaallows you view the hardware and software version information of each module.
This page
H
io
i f ic
rt
 Viewing Historical Alarms Click Query. Ce
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n Click Export to export alarm information.
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
io
i f ic
rt
 Obtaining Historical Logs Ce
Click Query. &
ng
Click Logs
i
ain
T r
e i
aw Click Export to export
Hu logs.
n
it o
a
it fic
The confirmation dialog box is displayed. Click OK.
r
C e
&
ing
i n
r a
i T
w e
u a Save downloaded log files.
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Troubleshooting
ain
Tr
aw
n

a
rit fic
 Typical Cases
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Replacing Power Module n
atio
if i c
r t
 To replace a power module in normal mode: Normal mode
C e Bypass mode
&
g
 Remove the power module, as shown in the following
i n
n
figure. Insert a new module, and turn on the in-
a
Redundancy(N i Y
position switch.
bus i T
r
+X) or dual- Hot-swap
 The new module starts working. (If the version is
w e N
uaView bypass
incompatible, upgrade it.)
 To replace a power module in bypass mode: H status

n

it o
Shut down the inverter on the LCD to transfer the UPS N
to bypass mode.
ic a Bypass voltage
Power off and
f
ti state.
is normal
replacement

e r
Rotate the in-position switch to unlocked
Y
Loosen the screws that fastenC
Y
the power module. Wait
2 minutes and remove the&

View the load
n
process, press downithe
g power module. During this
status
i n phase lock.

T ra maintenance, ensure that the in-

After power module N-1 modules
N Switch to bypass
e i is in unlocked state. Insert the power

position switch
support loads mode
a w and tighten the screws.

module,

u the in-position switch to locked state.
HRotate
Replacing Bypass Module (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 To replace a bypass module Ce
Replacing a
&
ng
bypass module
in normal mode: i
ain
Remove the bypass module, as Tr
i

shown in the following figure. w e No

u a Running
Insert a new module, and turn H in bypass Hot-swap
n module
on the in-position switch. it o
ic a
 ti
The new module startsrworking.f Y
Ce
(If the version is incompatible,
& Switch to maintenance
upgrade it.) in g bypass mode and
a in maintenance
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Replacing Bypass Module (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 To replace a bypass module in maintenance bypass mode:
C e
&Replacing a
g
 Shut down the inverter on the LCD to transfer the UPS to bypass mode.
nin bypass module

 Turn on the maintenance bypass switch to transfer the UPS to
ai
T r
e i
Rotate the in-position switch of the bypass module to unlocked state.
w


u a
Loosen the screws that fasten the bypass module, and quickly remove
No
the bypass module. H Running
o n in bypass Hot-swap

i
After bypass module maintenance or replacement, check that the in-
t the bypass module. module
c a
position switch is in unlocked state and insert
i
i f
t module, and rotate the in-
r
Tighten the screws that fasten the bypass
Ce the bypass module program


Y
position switch to locked state. Check
& Guide. If the version is incompatible,
version following the Upgrade
upgrade the module.in
g Switch to maintenance
a in bypass switch. The UPS transfers to bypass bypass mode and


T r
Turn off the maintenance maintenance
e
mode. Starti inverter. The UPS transfers to normal mode.
the
a w
Hu
Replacing MDU n
atio
if i c
r t
 To maintain the MDU: Ce
&
ng
Shut down the inverter on the LCD to transfer the UPS
i

to bypass mode.
ain
Tr
 Turn on the maintenance bypass switch to transfer the
e i
UPS to maintenance bypass mode.
aw
 Export configurations on the LCD, and save the H u
n
it o
configurations on the USB flash drive.
ic a
Remove the communications cable for the LCD and
f
ti the LCD, reconnect the

r
loosen screws. After you replace
e
communications cable. C
&
n g

i
Import the configurations by using the USB flash drive.
a in
r
Turn off the maintenance bypass switch. The UPS
transfers itoTbypass mode. Start the inverter. The UPS

w e
a to normal mode.
transfers
u
H
Replacing ECU (ECU01A) n
atio
if i c
r t
 View alarms on the LCD to identify the ECM No. to be replaced. During replacement,
Ce check that the
FAULT or ALM indicator on the ECU is on. If the ECU to be replaced is still&running, perform
i ngindicator blinks).
in
operations on the LCD to transfer the ECM to standby state (the green
a
r lever. Pull the ejector lever
 Loosen captive screws, and push the micro switch on the ejector
i T
outwards to remove the ECM from the subrack.
w e
Remove the ECM. In a parallel system, you need to remove
a
u the parallel cable. After replacement,
H

connect the parallel cable to the new module.

o n
i
t The replacement is complete.
 Check on the LCD that all alarms are cleared.
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Replacing Dry Contract Card (MUE05A) n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
 Disable the dry contact card functions on the LCD. Ce
&
g on the dry contact
Remove the dry contact card, and remove the terminals connected
in

i n
board.
r a

T
Connect the external cables to the terminals on theeinew dry contact board, and insert
aw
the new dry contact board.
H u

n
Note: Ensure that the EPO switch status is the same as before. The LCD will report a dry
it o
contact board fault. After replacement, the alarm will be cleared automatically.
ic a
f
ti card functions. The replacement is complete.

r
On the LCD, enable the dry contact
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
u
Captive screws
H Ejector lever
Replacing Parallel Cable/BSC Cableation
i f ic
rt
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
Replace the parallel cable and BSC
n
it o cable by removing it directly.
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Replacing Maintenance Bypass Switch n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
 Ce The
You need to power off the UPS during the replacement.
&
g
maintenance procedure is as follows:
nin
a i
Shut down the inverter on the LCD to transfer T r the UPS to bypass mode.
i

e
Open the battery circuit breaker, mainsaw and bypass input circuit breakers,
u

and output circuit breaker to powerHoff the UPS.

o n
i
t door, and replace the maintenance
Wait 5 minutes, open the cabinet

ic a
t i f
bypass switch. r
Ce
&
Close all circuit breakers. After the LCD starts, start the inverter on the
g

n
LCD. The UPS i ni recovers normal mode.
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Replacing BCB-BOX n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Replace the BCB box if only any of its component is faulty. e
&
 The maintenance procedure is as follows: nin
g
ai
T r off the switch. If it does
If the battery subrack has a separate switch,

e i turn
not have a separate switch, disconnectaw the cables between the battery
H u
rack and the BCB box.
o n
Replace the faulty BCB boxaswitch t i or auxiliary switch, and reconnect the

ic
remove cables. tr if
Ce
Check that battery & terminals are correctly connected. Turn on the battery
g

n the connection with the cabinet.

ni
switch, and irecover
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. Troubleshooting
ain
Tr
aw
n

a
rit fic
 Typical Cases
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Fault Information n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
Alarm Alarm Cause Alarm Generation Alarm Clear
& Measures
ng
ID Name ID Conditions Conditions
i
a in
r Vi ≤
Mains
T
voltage Input voltage 80 V < Input voltage
0001
abnorm
1
Vi > 276 V 276 V
e i is abnormal.
Proposal: Check the mains.
al
a w
Mains
voltage Input voltage uV < Input voltage Vi =
H80
0001 2 is abnormal.
n
abnorm Vi ≤ 80 V 276 V
al
it o
Mains
a
fi ic
voltage Mains frequency f < 40 Hz 40 Hz < Mains frequency f <
0001
abnorm
3
r
or f > 70 Hzt 70 Hz
is abnormal.
Ce
al
Mains
&
D-axis component filter D-axis component filter Possible cause: Power
ph.
g¼ of D-axis component
n<amplitude
distribution is incorrect.
i
0004 1 > ¼ of D-axis component
Reverse Proposal: Check cable
in (normalized) amplitude (normalized)
d
r a distribution.
i T Possible cause: Power

Mains
e The three-phase mains The three-phase mains distribution is incorrect.
aw
0005 neutral 1 average value is greater than average value is not greater
Hu
absent the specified value. than the specified value. Proposal: Check cable
distribution.
Typical Case Analysis (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
 The rectifier is abnormal. C e
&
g
 Symptom: The buzzer buzzes. The Fault indicator
nin is on. The alarm
ai
ID 0040-01 is displayed. T r
e i
aw
 Cause: According to the alarm list,
H u the fault results from failure in
mains soft startup. n
it o
ic a
Possible causes: ti f
r

e
The rectifier SCR C or SCR drive board is faulty.

&
n g
The rectifier

i ni monitoring board is faulty.
r a
T
Thei rectifier PFC IGBT short-circuits.
e

w
a Replace the faulty module.

H u
Solution:
Typical Case Analysis (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 The inverter is abnormal C e
&
g
 Symptom: The buzzer buzzes. The Fault indicator
nin is on. The alarm
ai
ID 0060-01 is displayed. T r
e i
aw
 Cause: According to the alarm list,
H u the fault results from the
abnormal inverter output voltage. n
it o
ic a
 Possible causes:
ti f
er
The inverter IGBTCor IGBT drive board is faulty.

&
n g
The inverter
i ni monitoring board is faulty.
r a
T
Thei inverter voltage monitoring cable is faulty.
e

a w
H u
 Solution: Replace the faulty module.
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
1. What is the objective and principle for MaintenanceC? e
&
2. Talk about some typical cases, how to deal with i ng?
ain
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 Objective and Principle for Maintenance Ce
&
i ng
 UPS Maintenance Key Point
ain
Tr
 Battery Maintenance Key Point e i
aw
u
 Maintenance Bypass Switch andHHot-Swap
n
it o
 Troubleshooting Processica
tr if
 Alarms View and Collection Ce
&
n g
 Replacing Modulesi ni
T ra

i
Typical eCases
a w
Hu
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
t
PDU8000 Modular &
C e r
g
Power Distribution rainin
i T
Cabinet aw e
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 This course describes the PDU8000 UPS modularCpower
e
&
g
distribution cabinet (PDC) in terms of its working
nin principle, and
ai
product overview. T r
e i
aw
H u
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
 Upon completion of this course, you will be ableCto:
e
&
ng
 Understand the working principle of PDU8000. i
ain
T r
 Understand the basic operation of PDU8000.
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Overview Ce
&
i ng
2. Components Introduction
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Product Positioning n
atio
if i c
r t
Low voltage PDC DG Low voltage PDC
C e
&
i ng
ain
T r
e i
aw
UPS AC Power H u UPS
Modular UPS distribution
n Modular UPS
PDC it o PDC
a
rit fic
Modular
Precision PDC C eAC Modular
Precision PDC
&
ing IT Load
in
r a
i T Modular UPS PDC
w e
a
u Data Center typical configuration
H
Application Scenarios n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS Modular Input and Output PDC n
it o
a ic
i f
e rt

Cmodule
Input can be
Monitoring Module
& ATS input
geither
nin modules or MCCB input
ai
ATS input module
T r
e i module, if input module
aw with ATS, then the

load H u
AC and other mains
selection of monitoring
n
it o
UPS mains and bypass
module with dual power
a
it fic
input supplies; when selection
er UPS output and of MCCB input module,

C maintenance bypass
& switch then choose monitoring
ing module with single
n
ai
UPS Load
T r power supplies.
i
we
UPS Load
u a
H
UPS Modular Input PDC n
atio
if i c
r t
 Input modulee
C can be either
& modules or MCCB
g
ATS input
n
Monitoring Module
i
aininput module, if input
Tr
e i module with ATS, then the
aw
ATS input module selection of monitoring
Hu module with dual power
o n supplies; when selection of

i
t maintenance
aUPS
ic bypass MCCB input module, then
tr if
Ce
choose monitoring module
UPS mains input and
& with single power supplies.
ng
Bypass input
n i
a i
r AC and other mains
e iT load
a w
Hu
UPS Modular Output PDC n
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
ng
Monitoring Module
i
ain
r
T
i
eUPS output
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic UPS Load
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Overview Ce
&
i ng
2. Components Introduction
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Monitoring Module with Single Power n
it o
Supply tif
i c a
e r
 A monitoring module consists of signal indicators, a meter, C and signal cables.
&
It is used for displaying and monitoring electrical parameters. g
n in
ai harmonic waves of the
 Measures three-phase voltage, current, power, and
T r
power supply. e i
aw
 Provides external signal ports. Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Monitoring Module with Dual Power n
it o
Supplies tif
i c a
e r
 A monitoring module consists of signal indicators, a meter, C and signal cables.
&
It is used for displaying and monitoring electrical parameters. g
n in
ai harmonic waves of the
 Measures three-phase voltage, current, power, and
T r
power supply. e i
aw
 Provides external signal ports. Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
MCCB Input Module n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
MCCB input module: for total input module UPS power distribution cabinets, e
&
main function is g
n in
ai branches.
 Receives power and provides power for downstream
T r
i
Provides a single power supply, overload, andeshort circuit protection.

a w
 Installed with a current transformer toH u large current into the current that
convert
n
it o
can be measured by an electric meter.
ic a

ti f
Provides level C surge protection.
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
ATS Input Module n
atio
if i c
r t
 ATS input module: for total Ce
&
input module UPS power i ng
ain
distribution cabinets, main
Tr
e i
function is
aw
H u
Provides two power supplies.
n

When one of them is faulty, the t io

a
ic to
ATS automatically switches t i f
r
the other power supply. Ce
&
n g
 Collects currents
i ni and voltages.
T ra C surge
 Provides
e i level
a w
protection.
Hu
MCB Output Module n
atio
if i c
r t
 C circuit
Distributes power, and provides overload and short
e
&
protection. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
MCCB Output Module n
atio
if i c
r t
 MCCB output module: Ce
&
available current range 160– i ng
ain
800 A. A module with the rated
Tr
e i
current of 630 A or less has two
aw
u
H ▲ MCCB output module with the
loops. A module with the rated
o n rated current ≤ 630 A
current greater than 630 A has t i
ic a
only one loop. Its main rt i f
C e
functions are to distribute
&
n g
power and provide i ni overload
T ra protection for
and short-circuit
e i
a w
the circuits.
▲ MCCB output module with the
Hu
rated current > 630 A
Maintenance Bypass Module n
atio
if i c
r t
 Maintenance bypass module: available Ce
& 3P Output
ng
current range 160–800 A. A maintenance bypass
switch
i
module with the rated current of 630 A or less has
ain
a 3P output switch as well as a maintenance
Tr
bypass switch. A maintenance bypass module with e i Maintenance
Bypass
aw switch
the rated current greater than 630 A has only a
Hu
maintenance bypass switch. The maintenance
n Maintenance bypass module with the rated
bypass switch connects the mains input bus and it o current ≤ 630 A
a
it fic
UPS output bus. When the UPS is running properly,
er
the maintenance bypass switch is OFF. The
C
&
maintenance bypass switch needs to be turned on
n g
only when the UPS becomes faulty and needs
ni of the 3P output switch
Maintenance
i Bypass switch
raof the MCCB output module,
maintenance. The function
i T
is the same as that
that is, tow
e
distribute power and provide overload Maintenance bypass module with the rated
a
Hu
current > 630 A
and short-circuit protection.
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
1. What is the function of PDU8000? Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 Overview Ce
&
i ng
 Components Introduction
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
Integrated UPS i ng
&
in
Introduction e i Tr a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 C and
This chapter mainly describes the working principles
e
&
structure of integrated UPS. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
e
&
g
 Understand the working principles and structure
nin of integrated UPS.
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Overview Ce
&
Naming Rule i ng

ain
Tr
 Features e i
aw
 Working Principles Hu
n
2. Components it o
a
r it fic
3. Panel
C e
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
What IS Integrated UPS n
atio
if i c
r t
 C (ATS), and
The integrated UPS, together with the mains, AC transfer switch e
&
g equipment room, as
batteries, constitutes a power supply solution for a large
nin
shown in the following figure. ai
Tr
e i
awMonitoring
Mains Hu system
AC
n
it o Array/disk
UPS
a
PDU
r it fic
C e Server
&
Integrated UPS
DG ing PC
in
r a Boss
i T system
w e Battery
u a
H
Naming Rule n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
r
T
NO. Item
e i
Description
① Product category aw
UPS：Uninterruptible Power System
② UPS family Hu 5000
③ UPS subcategory n E
l 40K: 40kVA t io
④ ic a80kVA
Output capacity
l 80K:
f
ti 120kVA
r
l 120K:
Cle128K: 128kVA
&
ng
H:380V/400V/415V; L:208V
n i A: air cooled; L: water cooled
a i
⑤ T r
Cabinet
B: MCCB ; S: ATS
e i B:branch power distribution；
a w M:busbar power distribution
H u S: standard configuration; F:full configuration
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Overview Ce
&
Naming Rule i ng

ain
Tr
 Features e i
aw
n
2. Components it o
a
r it fic
3. Panel
C e
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
High Stability and Reliability n
atio
if i c
r t
 C voltage
The input frequency range is 40 Hz to 70 Hz (system
e
&
g
range: 80 V AC to 280 V AC phase voltage),inapplicable to poor
ain
power grids. T r
e i
aw
 The UPS5000-E has 5 kA lightning
Hu protection, higher than the
industry level 2 kA. n
it o
ic a
f
ti uses a redundant design. Fans have
 The control module (CM) r
Ce
high fault tolerance & capability: When a single fan is faulty, the
g
in at 50% load; when two fans are faulty, the
UPS5000-E aworksin
T r
UPS5000-Ee i works at 30% load.
a w
Hu
High Flexibility and Intelligent n
tio
Management (1) tif i c a
e r
 C
The built-in parallel card supports parallel connection of UPS5000-Es. Built-in
&
bus synchronization controllers (BSCs) support dual-busgconfiguration.
nin
ai
The intelligent power supply mode allows you to rintelligently control the D.G.
T

and ensures uninterruptible power supply. The e i D.G. connection has an ATS
aw
scenario. Hu
n
 The UPS5000-E intelligently manages it o batteries. The number of batteries is
ic a
f
tr i fault tolerance capability and are easy to
adjustable. Batteries have a high
maintain. All these featuresCe help increase the battery lifespan by 50%.
&
g
n monitor the temperatures at three key contact points
 The UPS5000-E can i
a in copper bars A, B, and C, or the output copper bars A, B,
r
(such as the input
T
and C) ande i upload the temperatures to the MDU.
a w
Hu
High Flexibility and Intelligent n
tio
Management (2) tif i c a
e r
 The UPS5000-E collects the status of the following items in C
real time: UPS
&
g
input circuit breaker, UPS output circuit breaker, maintenance bypass circuit
nin
breaker, ATS (primary and backup power supplies), aiSPD, surge protection
T r
switch, and each branch switch. The UPS5000-E e i also collects parameters
aw
including the voltage, current, power, quantity
H u of electricity, power factor,
and temperature of each branch in nreal time. The quantity of electricity can
t io
be accumulated, or calculatedcby
i a month. The upper and lower alarm
t i f
thresholds can be set for e r branch.
each
C
&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Ease of Use n
atio
if i c
r t
 Cables are routed from the top. C e
&
g
 A user-friendly 7-inch liquid crystal displayin(LCD) in provides the
r a
UPS5000-E status and operating data. i T
w e
u a
 The UPS supports dual-input and H single-input scenarios. The
n
ATS supports automatic and it o manual switching.
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Overview Ce
&
Naming Rule i ng

ain
Tr
 Features e i
aw
n
2. Components it o
a
r it fic
3. Panel
C e
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Conceptual Diagram in Air Cooled n
t io
Scenario i c a
tif r
C e
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Conceptual Diagram in Water Cooledn
t io
Scenario tif
i c a
e r
C
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Overview Ce
&
i ng
2. Components
ain
Tr
3. Panel e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
UPS5000-E-120K-HABBS (MCCB Input) n
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
（1）Power input status
g
n （2）Input circuit breaker
indicator
ni
（3）Lighting circuitr ai （4）Air conditioner power
breaker i T distribution circuit breaker
（5）IT loadw
e
breaker u
a 2 circuit
（6）IT load 1 circuit breaker
H
n
（7）UPS input circuit （8）UPS maintenance
t io
breaker bypass circuit breaker
ica
t i f （9）Control Module （10）Bypass module
r
Ce
& （11）Filler panel （12）Power module
ing
n （13）Monitor display （14）Power distribution
r ai module (MDU) monitoring board
i T （15）UPS output
a we circuit breaker
H u
UPS5000-E-80K-HASBS (ATS Input)ation
i f ic
rt
Ce
（1）ATS &
（2）Lighting circuit breaker
ng
ni（4）Air
（3）ATS handle
ai conditioner power
installation slot
T r distribution circuit breaker
i
（5）IT load 2ecircuit
breaker aw
（6）IT load 1 circuit breaker
（7）UPSHu input circuit （8）UPS maintenance

n
it o
breaker bypass circuit breaker
a
it fic
（9）Control module （10）Bypass module
er
C （11）Filler panel （12）Power module
&
ing （13）Power input
（14）MDU
n
ai
status indicator
T r （15）Power
e i Distribution monitoring
（16）UPS output circuit
a w board
breaker
Hu
UPS5000-E-40K-HASBS (ATS Input)ation
i f ic
rt
Ce
（1）Power input status
（2）ATS &
indicator g
in
（3）Lighting circuit in （4）ATS handle
r a installation slot
breaker
i T
e
（5）Air conditioner
w
a
power distribution
u
circuit （6）IT load circuit breaker
H
breaker
o n （8）UPS input circuit

t i
（7）Filler panel
breaker
ica
t i f （9）UPS maintenance
r （10）Control module
Ce
bypass circuit breaker
& （11）Bypass module （12）Power module

ing
n
ai
（14）Power distribution
（13）MDU
T r monitoring board
i
we
（15）UPS output
u a circuit breaker
H
Components n
atio
if i c
r t
Component Function C e
&
ATS/MCCB input module Provide single or dual input. g
nin
Power module Power conversion.
a i
T r the power module is abnormal.
Bypass module Provides bypass output when
i
Provide branch outputefrom mains.
Air conditioner power
a w
distribution circuit breaker
H u
IT circuit breaker Provide branch output from ups.
Provideiinputo n and output of ups.
UPS circuit breaker
a t
MDU
i f ic a liquid crystal display (LCD).
Provides
r t
Monitoring
system
ECM
C e Controls intra-rack and inter-rack system running, and reports
the system status information to other monitoring modules.
&
n
Dry contact card g Enables the UPS to manage the battery system, provides alarm
i ni signals for external devices, and shuts down devices remotely in
T ra emergencies.
e i
Monitoring interface Monitors the UPS status, delivers emergency commands, reports
a wcard system information, and displays the UPS key information and
H u parameters on the LCD.
ATS n
atio
if i c
r t
 C is
ATS input module: for total input module, main function e
&
Provides two power supplies. When one of them iis g
n faulty, the ATS
n

ai
automatically switches to the other power supply.
T r
e i
 Collects currents and voltages. aw
Hu 1. Controller 2. Electric/Manual
mode selection
n
it o handle
ic a 3. Electric operating 4. Handle locking

ti f
r mechanism latch
Ce 5. Manual handle 6. Handle buckle

&
n g
i 7. Position for 8. Transfer switch
a in auxiliary contacts
T r
e i 9. Operating
mechanism
10. Alarm ID
description
a w
H u
Branch Output Circuit Breaker n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
Branch output module function is to convert mains or UPS output voltage e
&
into single-phase or three-phase branch output, at the gsame time to complete
nin
the output branch voltage, current, power, electricity, ai temperature, status
T r
and other detection. e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Overview Ce
&
i ng
2. Components
ain
Tr
3. Panel e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
LCD n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
H u
1.status indicators n2.LCD touch screen
t io
a
ic
Status
t i f
Color meaning
r
Ce
&
Red Critical alarm
ON ingYellow Minor alarm

in
r a
iT
Green Normal
w e
a OFF N/A Power off
Hu
Menu Hierarchy n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Main Menu n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
Number Area
r it fic Function
1 Status bar Cethe UPS model, capacity, configuration, current date and time,
Displays
& Serial Bus (USB) flash drive status, and buzzer status.
g
Universal
Alarm bar nin Displays active alarms in a scrolling list and the number of active alarms
2
a i based on severity. Tap the alarm icon area to open the active alarm page.
T r
3
e i
Information Displays the power flow as well as the key information such as load and
awarea battery information. Tap the ATS, UPS, PDU-IT, and PDU-A/C icons to view
Hu
details.
PDU Data n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
PDU - IT1 n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
PDU - A/C n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Electricity Statistics n
atio
if i c
r t
 C of each
The electricity statistics screen displays the electric energy e
&
output branch and the main route. i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
ATS n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
The ATS screen shows the phase voltages, line voltages, frequencies, circuit e
&
g inputs.
breaker status, and ATS status (manual/automatic) of two
nin
ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Cabinet Data n
atio
if i c
r t
 C voltage,
The cabinet data screen shows the information including the e
&
g output copper bar
frequency, total energy, power, load ratio, and input and
nin
temperatures of the cabinet. ai
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. Overview Ce
&
i ng
2. Components
ain
Tr
3. Panel e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
atio
if i c
t
Item UPS5000-E-40K UPS5000-E-80K er
UPS5000-E-120K/128K
C
Cabling Top and Bottom &
mode i ng
ain
Protection IP20
Tr
level
e i
Communica Dry contacts, RS485, and SNMP aw
tion Hu
n
io
Dimensions 2000mm*600mm*1100mm（H*W*D)
(H x W x a t
i f ic
D)
r t
Weight
C
350 kg. Each power e 440 kg. Each power 480 kg. Each power
module is 32&kg. A module is 32 kg. A module is 32 kg. A
maximum
ingof two power maximum of three maximum of four power
modules
a in are supported. power modules are modules are supported.
T r supported.
w ei
u a
H
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
g
nin
Item
i
UPS5000-E-40K/80K/120K/128K
a
Operating temperature 0℃~40℃ T r
e i
Storage temperature –40°C to +70°C
a w
Humidity 5%~95%（non-condensing) Hu
Altitude When the altitude
o n is above 1000 m, see IEC62040-3 to check
t i
4000 m. ifi c a
how the UPS5000-E power is derated. The maximum altitude is
r t
Noise e
At atmospheric
C pressure (25°C):
& 25% load: 54 dB
ing 50% load: 58 dB
i n 75% load: 61 dB
T ra 100% load: 65 dB
e i
a w
Hu
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
g
nin
Item i
UPS5000-E-40K/80K/120K/128K
a
Input system Three-phase, four-wire, PE T r
wire
e i
Rated input voltage 380 V AC, 400 V AC, orw415 V AC (line voltage)
u a
Input voltage 187–264 V AC (Phase H voltage)
Input frequency 40–70 Hz ion
a t
Input PF f ic load)
0.99 i(full
r t (half load)
Ce
0.98
System efficiency &
96%
g
n < 3% (full linear load)
THDi
i ni
T ra < 5% (full non-linear load)
e i
a w
Hu
it o
a ic
i f
rt
Ce
&
g
nin
Item i
UPS5000-E-40K/80K/120K/128K
a
Input system Three-phase, four-wire, PE T r
wire
e i
Rated input voltage 380 V AC, 400 V AC, orw415 V AC (line voltage)
u a
Input frequency H
50/60 Hz ±6 Hz (adjustable with the tolerance of 0.5–6
n
Hz, ±2 Hz byodefault).
it
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
atio
if i c
r t
C e
&
g
nin
Item i
UPS5000-E-40K/80K/120K/128K
a
Battery voltage 360–528 V DC (30–44 batteries, T r 32 by default; 6%
e i are configured)
derated when 30 batteries
aw
Battery Intelligent battery H u
management
management
o n
One-button cold In the caseaof
i
t a mains failure, batteries can start the UPS
i f icloads
start to power
r t
Charge voltage Ce voltage: 2.35 V/cell
Equalized
& voltage: 2.25 V/cell
n gFloat
ini
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Quiz n
atio
if i c
r t
1. How many batteries integrated UPS support? C e
&
2. Integrated UPS support water cooled AC ? nin
g
ai
T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 Overview Ce
&
i ng
 Components
ain
Tr
 Panel e i
aw
Hu
 Technical Specifications
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
nin
ai
T r
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
UPS2000 & UPS5000 ing &
in
Case Analysis ei
T r a
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Foreword n
atio
if i c
r t
 This document describes troubleshooting of the C
UPS2000 and
e
&
g
UPS5000 and enables trainees to understand
nin how to do
ai
troubleshooting. T r
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Objectives n
atio
if i c
r t
 Upon completion of this course, you will be ableCto:
e
&
ng
 Understand common faults of the UPS2000; i
i n
r a
 Understand common faults of the UPS5000. i T
w e
a
 Understand common troubleshooting Hu method during
n
installation and usage. it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
1. UPS2000 Case Studies Ce
&
Installation i ng

ain
Tr
 Operation e i
aw
 Usage Hu
n
2. UPS5000 Case Studies a it o
c i
tr if
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Case 1 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 In September 2016, the UPS of XX project connected
nin in three-
ai
input single-output, single mains. First itime r
T power-on, the UPS
w e
generated loud noise and smoke, and
u a the UPS input circuit breaker
tripped.
H
n
it o
Alarm information ic a

ti f
r
 None Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 1 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
Check input and output power distribution cables.inNo short circuit was
in

found. r a
i T
Check the UPS. An internal short circuit
e
woccurred, and the circuit board

a
burned out. Hu
o n
Check the UPS connection. aThe i
t bypass input cable was connected
c

i f i
incorrect. r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 1 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
g
The output and bypass input must be same mode.inIn this case, three-
in

a
phase bypass input and single-phase output. rAs a result, an internal short
i T
circuit occurred when the UPS was powered w e on.
u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 1 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&
g
 Replace a new UPS and connect the power cables
nin according to
ai
the user manual strictly. T r
e i
aw
H u
 Engineers must follow the iguide o n when connecting cables of UPS;
a t
i f icbe damaged. Huawei is not responsible
otherwise, the UPS may
r t
Ce
for repairing or replacing UPS damaged due to this reason.
&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng During installation,
In a project, a UPS2000-G-20kVA configured with 40 batteries.
i
i n
the engineer first connected 40 batteries in series, and
r a then connected the battery
i T the negative wire, the
group to the UPS. Unfortunately when he connected
w e
negative wire contact with UPS shell. As a a result, a short circuit occurred, the UPS
H u
burned out, and the operator got injured.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
 None
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 Check connections. The positive cable and N cable
ninwere already
ai
connected to the UPS, and no short circuit occurred
T r between cables.
e i
 Check the circuit breaker. Only a one-pole aw circuit breaker was deployed
on the positive cable between the battery Hu group and the UPS.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ng The mains N wire and
The PE wire and N wire were connected at the transformer.
i
i n
battery N wire were connected in the UPS. Therefore,
r a the battery N wire was also
i T breaker was deployed between
connected to the UPS enclosure. Because no circuit
w e
the negative wire and the UPS, a short circuit
u a occurred when the negative wire was
in contact with the UPS shell. H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&
g
Replace the 1P circuit breaker with 3P circuit breaker
nin and also replace the
ai
UPS, connect the power cables again.
T r
e i
 Suggestion and conclusion a w
Hu
UPS are high-risk materials, andnUPS configuration must be performed
t io
based on strict standards and
ic a specifications.
t i f
Inappropriate selection erof battery circuit breakers causes severe safety
C

accidents. The circuit& breaker type, capacity, and DC applicability must be

n g
n
determined ibasedi on project requirements.
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
32 batteries were configured for the UPS in a project,

nin including 16
ai
batteries in the positive string and 16 batteries
T r in the negative string.
After the UPS worked for one year, the w ei
customer reported the batteries
u a
supplied power only for one minute. H
o n
Handling process t i

ic a
i f
t description, focus on checking whether the
According to the customer’s

er
C
batteries were faulty. &
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
n string was 176 V,

ni
Check the battery voltage. The voltage of the positive battery
and that of the negative battery string was 227 V. rai
i T
Check the battery parameters on UPS LCD, theeparameters are ok.

aw
 Check the batteries. Some batteries underwent Hu acid and electrolyte leakage.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
Battery voltage
r Electrolyte leakage
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ngbe connected between
When 32 batteries were configured, the neutral line must
i
i n
the 16th battery and the 17th battery. The neutral line
r a in this project was
i T battery.
connected between the 14th battery and the 15th
w e
The UPS had operated for over one year, uthe a positive battery string underwent
H

long-term over-charge, and the negative battery string underwent long-term

o n
i
t strings were damaged.
undervoltage. As a result, the battery
ic a
t i f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution Ce
&
Replace the battery group. i ng
in

r a
 Suggestion and conclusion i T
w e

ua in equipment rooms. Installation
UPS and batteries are high-risk materials
H
and setting mistakes may causeninsufficient backup time and even fires.
t io
Therefore, engineering musta be performed strictly based on the user
i f ic
manual. r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Contents n
atio
if i c
r t
&
Installation i ng

ain
Tr
 Operation e i
aw
 Usage Hu
n
2. UPS5000 Case Studies a it o
c i
tr if
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Case 4 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 16 batteries (12 V DC/40 Ah) were configured
nin for the UPS2000-G-
ai
6K. The load power was about 380 W.i TThe r original battery
w e
capacity was 100%. However, theacapacity decreased fast after
H u
the UPS transferred to the battery n mode, and a battery low
t io
voltage alarm was generated
ic a after several minutes.
tr if
 Alarm information Ce
&
n g
ni
 Battery low voltage
i
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 4 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ng
 Because UPS can work in normal mode well,i but the backup time
i n
a
is far less than design time, so maybe iti Tisr the problem of battery.
w e
a
 Check the battery parameters. Asushown in the following figure,
H
the number of batteries wasn20. The number of batteries was
t io
incorrectly set. ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 4 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 The number of batteries was incorrectly set (greater
nin than the actual
ai
number of batteries), significantly reducing the
T r battery discharge time.
e i
 In this case, the battery discharge time was
aw less than 0.5 h. The cell end-of-
discharge voltage was 1.65 V DC. Hu
n
 Based on the settings, the totalit oend-of-discharge voltage of batteries was 198 V
c a x number of batteries = 1.65 x 6 x 20 = 198 V
DC (cell end-of-dischargefivoltage
r ti
Ce
DC).
&
The actual cellgend-of-discharge voltage was calculated as follows: total end-of-
in of batteries/number of cells = 198/(16 x 6) = 2.06 V > 1.65 V .

dischargeinvoltage
T ra

e i on the incorrect settings in this case, when the UPS met the battery end-
Based
a w
of-discharge condition, the actual battery capacity was still sufficient.
H u
Case 4 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&
g
Correct the number of batteries of the UPS2000-G-6K
nin to 16.
ai
Suggestion and conclusion T r

e i
aw(number of batteries and battery
Hu
Pay attention to the battery parameters
capacity) in the UPS parameter n settings. Incorrect settings severely shorten
t io
the service life of batteries. a
i f ic
r t menu is automatically displayed upon initial
Ce
Generally, the quick settings
power-on of the UPS. & If the menu is not automatically displayed, manually
n g
access the quicki ni settings menu and follow the instructions to complete
r a
i T
the settings.
w e
a
Hu
n
Contents atio
if i c
r t
&
Installation i ng

ain
Tr
 Operation e i
aw
 Usage H u
o n
2. UPS5000 Case Studiesat i
i f ic
r t
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 5 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
One UPS2000-G-10 kVA was configured for a site.
nin Upon mains
ai
disconnection, the UPS entered the battery mode,
T r the UPS alarm LED was
steady red, the battery LED was steady w ei and the buzzer generated
on,
u a
sound. After the mains recovered for H 30 minutes, the UPS still operated in
n
battery mode and did not recover it o to the normal mode.
ic a
Alarm information ti f

er
C
UPS alarm: 0159-01 & batter supply
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Case 5 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
Check the UPS power supply status.
ng
i

i n

r a
The battery LED was steady on, and the UPS was in the battery
mode. The 0159-01 "battery supply" alarm was generated. i T

w e
 Check mains recovery.
u a
H
Check whether the input circuit breaker of the UPS is properly switched on.
n

io
Check the mains input by using atmultimeter. The mains input was normal, and the mains

input voltage was about 235fiV. c aThe UPS generated no bypass voltage exception or main
r t i
voltage exception alarm.eTherefore, the UPS mains operated properly. The problem might
have been caused &
C
by other reasons.
ing of the UPS.

in
 Check historical alarms
Main T
a
r exceptions and bypass voltage exceptions were found in the historical alarms.
voltage
i

w e
A historical alarm indicated that the number of times of battery switchover exceeded the
a

Hu limit.
Case 5 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
g
The historical alarms showed that main voltage exception alarms, bypass voltage exception
in of the UPS. After the

alarms, and battery supply alarms were generated after mainsinfailure

r aBattery supply alarms were
mains recovered, the UPS still operated in the battery mode.
i T
generated. The main voltage exception alarms and bypass
w e voltage exception alarms
disappeared. A historical alarm indicated that the u anumber of times of battery switchover
H
exceeded the limit. Therefore, the reason why the UPS failed to transfer to the normal mode
n
was that the number of times of battery it o switchover exceeded the limit.
ic a

tr i
The mains operated unstably after f recovery. As a result, the UPS frequently switched between
Ce mode. The number of times of battery switchover exceeded

the normal mode and the battery
the preset limit within&
a short time. An alarm was generated, and the UPS kept operating in
the battery mode.in
g
a in
T r environment was poor, causing mains instability.
The site mains
i

w e
a
Hu
Case 5 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&
g
Switch off the circuit breaker of the battery stringinand switch on it again.
in

The problem is resolved. (After mains recovery, a

r the UPS keeps operating
T
in the battery mode. The battery circuit w ei
breaker can be directly switched
u a
off, without powering off load devices.) H This solution applies only to
n
UPS2000-G-10 kVA V100R001C10SPC600 it o or later.
ic a
Alternatively, wait until EOD f
ti of the batteries. The UPS automatically
r

transfers to the normal Ce mode, without manual intervention.

&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 5 (5) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Suggestion and conclusion C e
&
When UPS2000-G-10 kVA V100R001C10SPC600in g
or later encounters this
n

ai
problem, if the UPS displays only a battery supply
T r alarm, switch off the
e i
battery circuit breaker to resolve the problem.
a w
 It is recommended that the UPS connect Hu to the mains after the mains
supply is stable. This preventstio
n
the UPS from frequently switching between
ic a
the normal mode and the f
ti battery mode.
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng reported a product
In March 2015, the customer of the xx project in the S country
i
i n
fault. The 20 kVA UPS in the office shut down uponamains failure, without any
T r
backup power capability, which severely affecting
e i office work.
a w
Hu
 Handling process
The UPS2000-G-20 kVA configurednwith 40 batteries (12 V/65 Ah) was used onsite,
t io

with a designed backup time cofafour hours. After the mains recovered or the
t i fi
customer connected DGs,rthe UPS operated properly, the displayed float charging
C e
voltage of batteries & was normal, and no exception alarm was generated. Therefore,
it was determined ingthat the UPS was not faulty.
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
The UPS was not faulty. Therefore, it was assumed that ng battery was faulty and
the

ni
failed to provide backup power. However, site personnel i
a reported that the battery
r
T two weeks ago. This
supplied power for over 20 minutes upon mainsi failure
w e
u a
indicated that the battery was capable of supplying backup power, and it was
impossible that the backup time of the H battery decreased to less than one minute
n
in such a short time. it o
ic a
Based on site information, tthe f
i customer configured a DG. Because the AC current

r
was unstable, the customerCe generally kept the DG operating in working hours and
&
shut down the DGg after work. The charging current of the 20 kVA UPS is only 4 A.
n
i ni assumed that the 65 Ah battery was not fully charged after
ra
Therefore, it was
continuous T
i discharge due to frequent power failure of the grid, causing a
w e
u a
continuous deficit state and loss of the backup capability.
H
Case 6 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g do the battery
Recommend customer to charge batteries fully first and nthen

ni
i
discharge test. The following exceptions were foundabased on the test data: The
T r
open-circuit voltage was normal (560 V) before idischarge. However, after the
w e
u a
batteries discharged for 16 minutes (time required for the DG to start and operate
stably), some batteries voltage drop fastH(marked by red boxes), so these batteries
n
were damaged and need to be replaced. it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
g
 Why did the batteries degrade so fast?
nin
The batteries had been operating for 10 months, a largeanumber i

r of batteries degraded, and
T to the customer feedback. The
e i
the battery backup capability gradually decreased according
batteries were widely applied by Huawei and a w
might not be subject to quality problems.
H u
 The batteries were installed in a constant-temperature air-conditioned room. Based on site
information, no electrolyte leakageioornbumping was found.
a t
The power grid of the S country
i f ic was a Class 3 grid in poor conditions. Therefore, the
t the grid. Historical alarm data of the UPS was collected. In May,

problem might be related e rto

C
& over 160 times at the site, and battery EOD occurred over 70 times.
power failure occurred
ing
The batteries discharged frequently. Before the batteries were fully charged after EOD, the
a inagain. This long-term unsaturated state degraded the backup capability of the
r
mains failed
T
i The cyclic service life of general lead-acid batteries was only 100 times of
batteries.
e
a w
charging/discharge. The service life of the batteries was shortened at such a usage frequency.
H u
Case 6 (5) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
g
 conclusion
nin
a i
The major cause of battery damage and backup T rcapability degrading was the
i

poor grid. The batteries were in the in-depth w e cyclic usage state most of the time.
u a
H
(The cyclic service life of batteries is considered in cyclic usage. The cyclic service
life of lead-acid batteries is short.nThe cyclic service life of gel batteries is long, but
t io
c a to the battery backup capability quickly degraded,
the price is also high.) This lead
i
tr if requirements.
failing to meet the customer
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (6) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&
g
Temporary solution: The number of UPS batteries can benadjusted between 32 and

ni
40. Temporarily remove the severely degraded batteries i
a and re-arrange the
r
T can supply power for over half
batteries. Fully discharge the batteries. The batteries
e i
an hour (the UPS derating does not affect the w
a onsite loads because the loads are
H u
small).
o n
t i
 Long-term solution: Due to restrictions
a of existing conditions, replace the batteries
ic batteries and standardize the power usage habits.
t i f
r
with the same type of lead-acid
e
It is recommended thatCthe customer keep DG operating when the UPS is
&
operating, so thatgthe DG can be quickly put into use. This significantly increases
in batteries. It is recommended that the customer manually shut
nof
i
ra
the service life
down the T
i UPS after work or when no load is available, to prevent the UPS from
w e
u a
automatically shutting down after the battery EOD.
H
Case 6 (7) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng severely affecting the
On Class 3 and Class 4 grids, batteries discharge frequently,
i
i n
battery service life. We need to suggest customers to
r a configure DG, to improve the
i T If customers cannot configure
grid performance to that of Class 1 or Class 2 grids.
w e
DG, recommend high-performance batteryasolutions suitable for in-depth cyclic
H u
discharge for customers, such as gel batteries.
o n
i
t periodic maintenance. Generally, the UPS
 For AGM lead-acid batteries, perform
a
ic every two months. Periodically measure the backup
t i f
generates a reminder message
r
Cethe cell voltage. Resolve possible problems in time. If the
capability of the UPS and
&
backup capabilitygof any batteries is degraded, replace the batteries in time, to
n
i ni of other batteries and sharp decrease of the overall backup time.
ra
avoid degradation
i T
w e
a
Hu
Case 7 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 On site, a UPS2000-A-10K, during working the input
nin circuit breaker
ai
tripped, and it could not transfer to battery mode,
T r so the loads were
e i
power off.
a w
 Scene description: Hu
o n
A UPS2000-A-10K; t i

ic a
t i f

er
The UPS has been in operation for one year, when it is shut down, there is some
burned smell insideCand the input circuit breaker tripped.
&
n g
i
The UPS is configured with a 6KVA DG.
in

r a
i T
w e
a
Hu
Case 7 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Alarm information Ce
&
42-17 Internal faulty; i ng
in

r a
 42-31 Internal faulty;
i T
w e
 1-3 Main voltage abnormal;
u a
H
10-2 Bypass voltage abnormal. n
io

a t
i f ic
r t
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Case 7 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Handing process C e
&
g
 Check the reason for the input circuit breaker tripped,
nin when remove UPS
a i
input power cables from input circuit breaker,r circuit breaker can work
i T
well; w e
u a
 Use multimeter to check UPS inputHstatus, it is shorted.
o n
i
t output status, it is not shorted.
 Use multimeter to check UPS
ic a
i f
t circuit shorted.
r
Ce
 So it may be UPS internal
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 7 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ng are several alarms,
According to historical alarm, before UPS shut down, there
i
i n
including 42-17 bus overvoltage, 42-31 bus abnormal,
r a main and bypass voltage
i T
and frequency abnormal.
w e
Check that the UPS is configured with a 6KVA u a DG, the capacity of DG is not
H

enough for UPS, which will cause UPS input voltage and frequency unstable,
o n
t i
especial during UPS startup.
ic a
i f
t smell inside the UPS when the UPS shut down, opened
 Considering there is burned
er
the UPS, finds the PCBCburned, and the transfer relay contact stuck and deformed.
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 7 (5) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
g
Poor quality of DG power supply, cause UPS switchover nbetween normal mode and

ni
i
battery mode frequently, which lead to relay contacta stuck inside the UPS and then
T r
occurs circuit shorted.
e i
aw
Hu
 Solution
n of DG and UPS should be at least 1.5:1 ).
it o
 Replace the DG and UPS( the capacity
Suggestion and conclusion ific

a
t

r
e with a DG, we should strictly follow the manual, or it
 When configuring the C UPS
&
will damage the UPS.
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 8 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
On site a UPS2000-G-15KVA, one day mains failure
nin and recovery, it can’t
ai
startup automatically, customer start the inverter
T r manually, then there is
e i
some abnormal noise from UPS, and customer
aw finds inverter abnormal
alarm on LCD. H u
o n
Alarm information t i

ic a
t i f
Inverter abnormal r
Ce

&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 8 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Handing process C e
&
g
 Switch off UPS output circuit breaker, power off the
nin UPS and then power
ai
on the UPS again, UPS first working in bypassr mode and then start the
i T
inverter, switch on the output circuit breaker, w e both UPS and loads work
u a
well. H
n
Shut down the loads and then it othe UPS, keep the output circuit breaker on,
a

f ic
startup the UPS again, the
r ti problem reappeared.
C e
Check the loads, there is a printer.

&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 8 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ng startup, its output
When capacitive loads connected to a UPS, during the UPS
i
i n
current will be too large, which lead the UPS regardathis as short circuit.
T r
Solution e i

aw

u
Shut down the UPS and disconnect theHprinter.
n
First startup the inverter and thenioconnect the printer.

a t
Suggestion and conclusion ti f ic

e r
When connecting a new C load to the UPS, we should consider its type, usually we
&

g
can connect thenimpedance capacitive loads, impedance loads and micro-inductive
i
in and we can’t connect the capacitive loads, inductive loads and
loads to theaUPS,
T r
e
half-wavei rectifier loads to the UPS.
awdon’t understand the load type, we can contact with Huawei technical.
Ifuwe
H

n
Contents atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
2. UPS5000 Case Studies
ain
Tr
 Installation e i
aw
 Operation Hu
n
Usage it o

a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Case 1 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 In a project in H City, the UPS underwent sparking
nin upon initial
ai
power-on in August 2016. T r
e i
aw
 In a project in Y City, the UPS underwent
H u sparking upon initial
power-on in September 2016. n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 1 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ngbar and the phase-B
Case 1: A foreign object fell between the phase-A copper
ni

i
copper bar, causing a short circuit and sparking.
Tra
 ei copper bar and the phase-C
Case 2: A copper wire fell between the phase-B
w
ua
copper bar, causing a short circuit and sparking.
H
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a Case 1 Case 2
H
Case 1 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ngcabinets during
Take protection measures for UPS and power distribution
i
i n
installation. Keep away from the cabinet when punching
r a holes on the cover plate
i T from falling in the cabinet
of the cabinet or cutting cables, to prevent conductors
w e
and causing short circuits.
u a
Before power-on, perform the following operations:
H

o n
i
tforeign object falls in the UPS, avoiding short circuit risks.
 Clean the site and ensure that no
ic a
i f
Verify that no short circuitrtoccurs between copper bars.
Ce

&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng
During power-on commissioning, the UPS5000-E-160K operated properly in
i
i n
normal mode. After the BCB was switched on, the battery
r a cable instantaneous
i T
sparked and burned out.
w e
Alarm information u a
H

n
it o
 Battery disconnection
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng room switched off
After the battery cable burned out, personnel in the equipment
i
i n
the mains input circuit breaker and BCB, and the equipment
r a room administrator
i T
took away the battery cable as evidence.
w e
All UPS input and output wires were properly u a connected, and no short circuit
H

occurred.
o n
t i

ic a
No load was available in the power-on commissioning. Therefore, no wiring
tr if occurred.
problem or load short circuit
C e
 Wires of all batteries&were properly connected.
n g
i
A burned-out ngap was found on the battery rack that was closest to the sparking

a i
T
point. It was r assumed that a short circuit occurred between the battery cable and
e i
a w
the battery rack.
H u
Case 2 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ngof the mains input at
The N line of the UPS5000-E was connected to the PE line
i
i n
transformer. In this case, the resistance between thea N line and the PE line of the
T r
UPS5000-E was excessively small, equivalent to ia short circuit.
w e
The battery terminal was close to the battery u a rack, and the gap between the
H

battery rack and the cable connected to the terminal tail was small. During
o n
i
t of the cable was worn, reducing the voltage
installation, the thermoplastic tube
a
withstanding performance tof i ficthe battery cable and battery rack. Because the
er
battery rack was grounded,C a short circuit occurred between the battery cable and
&
the ground.
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
g
 When the BCB was switched on, just like the N line
nin were connected to
ai
the ground bar, generating a loop.
T r
e i
 As shown in the following figure, a short aw circuit occurs between the N line
and the PE bar, thus causing a short-circuit Hu loop.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (5) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&

ngthe customer integrator.
The onsite battery racks and batteries were purchased by
i
i n
The installation space of the battery racks and batteries
r a did not meet the
i T rack at each layer, to reserve
requirements. Remove one battery from the battery
w e
installation space for the battery cable.
u a
H
Before power-on, check whether all battery cables are properly connected and

o n
i
whether cable damage or a shortt circuit occurs in the contact position of the
ic a
f
ti rack.
r
battery cable and the battery
Battery layout improvementCe pictures:


&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 2 (6) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ng
 Use standard Huawei product configuration isolutions, especially
i n
a
r racks.
for accessories such as batteries and battery i T
w e
 Check all cable connections before u a power-on.
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
Contents atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
 Operation Hu
n
Usage it o

a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Case 3 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng and there are alarms on
In a project, one power module of the UPS5000-E is faulty
i
i n
the LCD, the UPS still can work in normal mode. Theamaintenance personnel
T r
attempt to pull out the module and then insert and
e i reset it. But when inserting the
fault module into the system, the module socket aw terminal fires, and the load is
H u
down.
o n
t i
ic a
t i f
0001-002 Mains voltagerabnormal

C e Minor
0001-003 Mains voltage & abnormal Minor

g

in
i
0060-006 Invertern abnormal Critical
ra

0060-011 T
i Inverter abnormal Critical
e

a w alarms are located at module 6.

Hu
 All the
Case 3 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ngisolation is reduced;
After module is faulty, the function of self protection and
i
i n
some faults will cause the AC output to be poured back
r a to the power module,
i T
causing the output short circuit.
w e
In this project, the maintenance personnel u are - plug the fault module, resulting in
H

the AC output back irrigation, causing the failure module short circuit fire.
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 3 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng alarm on the module),
When the power module / by-pass module are faulty(critical
i
i n
we can’t re-plug the faulty module, or it will cause the
r a output short circuit and
i T
cause the business interruption when it is serious.
w e
The UPS power module and the bypass module u a do not support the removal of the
H

fault one by reinsertion and reset, and the failure module is strictly forbidden to be
o n
t i
reinserted into the rack.
ic a
i f
t strictly follow the manual or call 400 hotline to
r
When the failure occurs, please
Ce

prevent the failure to expansion.

&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
n
Contents atio
if i c
r t
&
i ng
ain
Tr
aw
 Operation Hu
n
Usage it o

a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Case 4 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
The UPS5000-E 320K underwent output interruption,
nin and service power
ai
failure occurred.
T r
e i
 Alarm information aw
Hu
Major alarms: n
it o
0359-01 no power supply a

i f ic
rt
0085-001 emergencyepower-off (EPO)
C

&
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Case 4 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng alarms. Based on the
EPO alarms were found in the current alarms and historical
i
i n
Engineer Guide, the EPO button was triggered, causing
r a EPO of the UPS. A "no
i Toutput interruption.
power supply" alarm was generated, causing UPS
w e
u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
& with the customer, no one touched the EPO button. Site
 Based on communication
n g
i
personnel manually ni removed the EPO terminal and found that the EPO terminal
a
rcausing
was loose,i T poor contact. After the site personnel inserted the EPO terminal
w ethe terminal could not be fastened.
a
again,
u
H
Case 4 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ng the BCB terminal on
BCB terminal was not used onsite. The site personnel installed
ni

i
the EPO terminal.
Tra
 ei personnel accessed current
After the EPO terminal was properly inserted, site
w
ua EPO and "no power supply" alarms,
alarms on the UPS touchscreen, cleared the
H
and started the inverter again. The UPS operated properly.
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Case 4 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ngcontact card of the UPS
The EPO alarm indicated that EPO was triggered. The dry
i
i n
provided EPO connectors to enable EPO. Two dry contact
r a connectors were
i T that the EPO terminal on the
available for EPO: NO and NC. Site personnel found
w e
dry contact card was loose, causing poor contact
u a and malfunction of NC contact
signals. H
o n
i
t was damaged and deformed due to collision,
 It was assumed that the EPO terminal
a
icpoor contact.
t i f
causing loose connection and
e r
C
 Solution &
n g
 Replace the EPO
i ni terminal.
r a
 T
Suggestioni and conclusion
w e

u a be careful during installation, especial for the signal terminals.
Should
H
Case 5 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
In a function test of the BCB box of the UPS5000-E-200K
nin at a site, the
ai
battery circuit breaker failed to trip.
T r
e i
 Alarm information aw
Hu
The battery circuit breaker failedn to trip during function testing of the BCB
t io
box.
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 5 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
Site personnel checked signal cables based on theinsignal connectorg
in

silkscreen table in the BCB box user manual. The a

r signal cable connections
i T
were correct. w e
a
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
CeSignal Port BCB-BOX J1 Signal
&
UPS BCB
n g Port
i ni OL 5OL
T ra STA 6STA
e i DRV 7DRV
a w 0V 8GND
Hu
Case 5 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng box were consistent
Site personnel checked that jumper cap settings of the BCB
i
i n
with the number of batteries and jumper settings were
r a correct.
Number of i TJ3 jumper
batteries (2 e
Number of Number of J4 jumper
batteries (12 V) batteries (6 V DC)
a w V) cap cap
30–34 60–68 u
180–204
H
ON ON
36–44 72–88 216–264 ON OFF
n
46–50 92–100
it o 276–300 OFF OFF
ic acontact settings of the UPS. The dry contact and

 Site personnel checked the dry
ti f
r
BCB access function were
Ce disabled.
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 5 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ngAs a result, the UPS dry
Site personnel did not set dry contact settings of the UPS.
i
contact did not deliver trip signals to the BCB box. a i n
T r
Solution e i

a w
 Set the BCB function of the UPS dry contact:Hu On the dry contact settings screen,
enable the BCB access function. n
t io
Suggestion and conclusion ific
a
t

er
 Install the BCB box andCconnect cables by strictly following the user manual.
&
The battery circuit g
n breaker trips when UPS EPO occurs or tripping is enabled in

i
a in
remote mode.
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
Two UPS5000-E-50K work independently. The power
nin supply frequently
ai
transferred to the bypass mode, which leads to
T r load power failure when
e i
mains failure.
aw
H u
o n
i
t threshold (0177-001) and bypass supply
UPS 1: busbar overvoltage times
ic a
t i f
(0358-001) r
Ce
UPS 2: bypass unit&exception (0570-002) and bypass supply (0358-001)
ng

i
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng
Analyze the fault data collected onsite. In multiple time segments,
i one UPS
i n
operated in bypass mode, and the other one operated
r a in inverter mode. The UPS
i T an inverter exception (sharp
operating in inverter mode immediately generated
w e
increase of the busbar voltage) alarm.
u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 During communication with onsite delivery personnel,
nin they recalled that
ai
during initial power-on, a voltage of 380 V was
T r detected on the output
e i
end of a UPS when this UPS was not powered
aw on.
H u
 Based on experience, it might be impossible that two UPS and all power
n
modules were faulty at the same it o time. A possible cause was that UPS
ic a
output distribution wiring f
ti was incorrect or the loads were abnormal.
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng whether output
Site personnel checked the cable connections to determine
i
i n
terminals of two non-parallel UPS were connected and
r a checked whether inductive
i Tback end of the UPS.
load startup/shutdown frequently occurred at the
w e
Site personnel checked whether output cables u a of two UPS were connected to one
H

power distribution cabinet.

o n
i
t site personnel switched off the mains and
 When one UPS generated output,
ic a
i f
t other UPS, to determine whether the output bar of
battery circuit breakers of rthe
the shut down UPS was Ceconductive. (This operation was performed after the
&
g
n that load power could be disconnected.)
customer confirmed
i
a in inverter of UPS 1 was disabled and the output circuit breaker was
 Result: After
T r the
e
switched i off, an output voltage of 380 V AC was detected. The same problem
a w
Hu
occurred when UPS 2 was disconnected.
Case 6 (5) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng found that output
After checking the power distribution drawings, site personnel
i
i n
terminals in the power distribution cabinet of the UPS
r a were connected, as marked
i T
by the red box in the following figure.
w e
u a UPS output PDC
UPS output PDC
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 6 (6) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
g
Output terminals of two non-parallel UPSs were connected, causing a sharp increase of the
insupply mode.

busbar voltage. As a result, the system transferred to the bypass i n

r a
Solution i T
e

Based on the power distribution drawing, separately aw the copper busbars of the output power
Hu

distribution cabinets of UPS 1 and UPS 2.

n
Suggestion and conclusion it o
a

f ic

tr i with the integrator in advance. Strict review are required
The manufacturer must communicate
Ce products are prohibited. Engineering not complying with the

before engineering. Non-qualified
design drawings must & be checked with the integrator and designer.
n g
i
Strictly follow theniuser manual and installation guide when commissioning the UPS. Before
ra check for short circuits of UPS input/output and battery connections and

T
power-on, carefully
i voltage. If any exceptions are found, rectify the exceptions before performing the
abnormale
woperation.
a
Hu
next
Case 7 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&

ng
32 batteries (12 V/100 Ah) were configured for the UPS5000-E-80
i kVA in a project.
i n
The batteries were classified into two groups. Uponashort-time switchover from the
T r
mains to DG, the UPS shut down.
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 7 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
Recover the power supply for service equipment: Verify ng mains input, switch on
the

ni
i
the external maintenance bypass (isolated UPS), andarecover the service power
T r
supply.
e i
aw
 According to the history alarm at 2016-07-06
H u 19:06:26, the following alarms were
generated: main voltage exception, bypass voltage exception, battery
o n
i
t and rectifier exception. The alarms were
disconnection, inverter exception,
ic a
generated when the mains,tifbatteries,
r and DG supplied no power to the UPS
Ce rectifier exception alarms indicated that the internal
inverter. The inverter and
&
collection volumegof the UPS power module was abnormal. After the alarms were
n
i ni the mains inverter operated properly.
ra
manually cleared,
i T
w e
a
Hu
Case 7 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ngalarms were generated
Analyze the history alarm and logs. Battery disconnection
ni

i
multiple times. The battery strings may be faulty.
T ra
Check the battery strings. e i
w

The BCB was properly switched on. u a

H

n
The power supply voltage of the battery strings was normal.
o
i

a tbattery was abnormal.

ic
The internal resistance of a single
f

r t i
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
aw
Hu
Case 7 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&

ngresistance of several
The service life of the battery strings expired. The internal
i
i n
batteries was excessively large, causing an open circuit.
r a As a result, the battery
i T
strings failed to provide power supply.
w e
The voltage of the battery strings was normal, u a because open circuits occurred
H

inside batteries and the electrolyte contact area sharply decreased. As a result, the
o n
i
t sharply, and the battery voltage is the virtual
current inside batteries decreased
a
ic current was less than 1 A in forcible equalized
t i f
r
voltage. If the battery charging
Ce occurred.
charging mode, an exception
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 7 (5) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution Ce
&
 Immediately replace the battery strings.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i

w faulty batteries. Alternatively,
Periodically check the battery strings and replace
a
install an intelligent battery detector toH u
identify batteries whose service life expires,
and replace the batteries in time. n
t io
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 8 (1) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
The UPS5000-E-40 kVA at a site shut down during
ninoperating. The loads
ai
were power off. The screen was off. The input
T r circuit breaker tripped.
e i
After the input circuit breaker was manually
aw switched on, it tripped again.
u
Other site information is as follows:H
o n
i
The input circuit breaker was ta three-pole C63 circuit breaker.

ic a
The BCB was switchedron.ti f
e

C
&
The UPS connected in single mains.

n g
 Alarm informationi ni
T ra
Noneei
a w
Hu
Case 8 (2) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
ngusing a multimeter. No
Check the back-end wiring of the input circuit breaker by
ni

i
exception was found.
Tra
 ei the main/bypass input and
Uncover the power distribution subrack and check
w
ua was found.
output by using a multimeter. No exception
H
n the output circuit breaker by using a
Check the circuits in front of and after
o
i

multimeter. No exception was a t

found.
i f ic
t
r The battery voltage of the positive battery string was
 Check the battery voltage.
C e
262 V, and that of the & negative battery string was 263 V. No exception was found.
ing
a in
T r
e i
a w
Hu
Case 8 (3) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g screen was off, and
Disconnect the output and perform battery cold startup.nThe
ni

i
the battery cold startup failed.
Tra
 ei circuit breaker. The display was on.
Remove the power module, switch on the input
w
uaUPS works in bypass mode and the
Alarms were generated, indicating that the
H
number of power module does not match.
o n
i
t alarms, and historical alarms for analyzing the
 Export device running logs, current
ic a
t i f
root cause. r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Case 8 (4) n
atio
if i c
r t
&
g
 Critical alarms
nin
a i
0060-11 inverter exception. Alarm cause: The T r shut down unexpectedly or
busbar
i

underwent a short circuit. w e

a
 0040-07 rectifier exception. Alarm cause: Hu The rectifier or inverter power board
n
underwent overtemperature, and
it o the temperature on the heat sink exceeded the
overtemperature threshold ic a C) for 3s. The temperature on the heat sink of
(90
t i f
e
the charger switch tuber exceeded the overtemperature threshold (95 C) for 1s.
C
 Minor alarm g &
n in
i
0061-03ainverter alarm. Alarm cause: The output DC composition was excessively

T r
i (867 inverter alarms were generated.)
large.
e
a w
Hu
 Therefore, it was assumed that the power module was faulty.
Case 8 (5) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Root cause C e
&
ng inside the power
Disassemble the power module. Heavy damp dust was found
ni

i
module, as shown in the following figure.
Tra
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
n
ihistorical alarms, site recovery operations, and pictures of the power
r
Based on thea
T

ei the heavy damp dust caused internal failure of the power module, and
module,
w
Hua
therefore the input circuit breaker tripped and failed to be switched on.
Case 8 (6) n
atio
if i c
r t
 Solution C e
&
ngand strengthen the
Replace the power module, improve the site environment,
ni

i
awareness of maintenance.
Tra
Suggestion and conclusion e i

aw
 The equipment room is humid. Install air u
H conditioners or dehumidifiers.
n

io and inside the equipment. Enclose the
Heavy dust accumulates on the surface
t
ic a
tr if
equipment room.

Ce that multiple UPS alarms were generated, but the
The historical records show
&
n g
customer took no measures. Reliable operating of the UPS requires fine
maintenance.inIfi any fault occurs, contact Huawei Customer Service Center in time.
T ra
 The input
e i circuit breaker type is inappropriate. Replace the input circuit breaker.
a w
Hu
Summary n
atio
if i c
r t
 C
This document enables trainees to understand common fault
e
&
g
types and troubleshooting methods of the UPS2000
nin and
ai
UPS5000, and helps trainees build thei fault T r analysis and
w e
handling capability. u a
H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
Recommendations n
atio
if i c
r t
 Huawei learning website: C e
&
g
nin
ai
T r
 Huawei support cases: e i
aw
Hu
 http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/servicecenter?lang=zh
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
n g
i ni
T ra
e i
a w
Hu
More Information n
atio
if i c
r t
 C Technical
&
Support.
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
aw
Hu
n
it o
a
rit fic
C e
&
ing
in
r a
i T
Huawei
u a
H
n
atio
if i c
r t
Ce
&
i ng
ain
Tr
e i
ThankuaYou
w
www.huawei.com H
n
it o
ic a
ti f
r
Ce
&
ing
in
r a
i T
w e
u a
H
Recommendations
 Huawei Learning Website
 http://learning.huawei.com/en
 Huawei e-Learning
 http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi?navId=MW
n
000001_term1000025144&lang=en it o
i c a
 Huawei Certification if
rt
C e
http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi?navId=_31
&

&lang=en g
nin
 Find Training
r ai
i T

w e
http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi?navId=_trai
ningsearch&lang=en
u a
H
More Information n
it o
ic a
r t if
Ce
 Huawei learning APP
&
g
n in
a i
T r
e i
a w
Hu
版权所有© 2018 华为技术有限公司

HCS-Field-UPS Training Materail V1.0 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HCS-Field-UPS Training Materail V1.0 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Recommendations

 Huawei Learning Website

版权所有© 2018 华为技术有限公司

batteries in the UPS supply

er  Solving the problem during AC power

voltage fluctuation & maintenance

ing As an important power supply

r ti power factor is 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1.

on different reliability requirements;

system emaintainability and reducing the OPEX. UPS2000-G:

different reliability requirements; r a

has higher reliability than the N system; i n

and output redundant configuration; H

r a Basic power supply system.

e i Input Output PDF Midrange computer

t i f standard model or long backup

in the standard model. Ce time model. The standard model

T r battery packs. Tower/Rack

n i TM: modular tower-mounted UPS

a i RM: modular rack-mounted UPS

H u long backup time.

w e Platform for the whole and energy-saving.

n in battery switching in adverse

w e Low output precision, which cannot

into a stable DC voltage, supply inverter, whileethe

15minei ESS-36V12-9AHBPVBB 1PCS

w e bypass mode (in normal mode) after 0.5 seconds max.

a in 1. AC input circuit breaker; 2. Optional card

H u terminal block; 8. Battery terminals

a w Jumper terminal block for a single UPS or a parallel system

Input voltage 80–280 n

Item UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A- UPS2000-A- &

a w may trip in advance (load is calculated based on the bypass currents).

the input frequency ranges from 40 Hz to 70 Hz. n

Key component failure warnings. n

eliminates power failure

Parallel cablesraconnected in a loop.

 Monitoring unit supports remote online H

ic a (single mains) (single mains)

e i (single mains) (single mains) (single mains)

ni 6. Mains input ports

a Input voltage is 220VAC, output voltage is 220VAC

T r isolation transformer case.

ni The rated number is 20. If the

in interference: 16 A < I ≤ 75 A, IEC/EN61000-3-12

H u and 8/20 µs).

a w (PH2 x 150 mm and

Check the UPS. &

u a Support base UPS Support base

&ground bar, which must be less than 1 ohm.

nin voltage meets the

Hu on). The battery voltage range is (Number of batteries x 10.8)–280 V DC.

u The output voltage is 230 V AC

n i 50: The output frequency is always 50 Hz, and the

i T range of 18 Ah to 999 Ah. (The default

w e value for standard model is 9 Ah and not

u a configurable. The default value for long

r tificOFF The UPS is not in bypass mode.

n in menu (the default

•On the default screen in n

Switch on the upstream AC

H Switch off the UPS upstream AC

C e Switch off the AC input and output